1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10 /* 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen 12 * 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts 15 * that changed. 16 * 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] 21 * for each line. 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. 23 * 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII 28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and 29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display 30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters 32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). 35 * 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating 37 * ScreenLines[]. 38 * 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. 42 * 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) 45 * - w_topfill (filler lines above the first line) 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) 48 * 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. 52 * 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() 56 * later. 57 * 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. 64 * 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. 69 * 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. 73 * 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. 78 * 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. 81 * 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). 84 * 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. 88 */ 89 90 #include "vim.h" 91 92 #define MB_FILLER_CHAR '<' /* character used when a double-width character 93 * doesn't fit. */ 94 95 /* 96 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. 97 */ 98 static int screen_attr = 0; 99 100 /* 101 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. 102 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). 103 */ 104 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ 105 106 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 107 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ 108 #endif 109 110 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 111 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ 112 static int compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col); 113 #endif 114 115 /* 116 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). 117 */ 118 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; 119 120 static void win_update(win_T *wp); 121 static void win_draw_end(win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl); 122 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 123 static void fold_line(win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row); 124 static void fill_foldcolumn(char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum); 125 static void copy_text_attr(int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr); 126 #endif 127 static int win_line(win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange); 128 static int char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols); 129 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 130 static void screen_line(int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag); 131 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) 132 #else 133 static void screen_line(int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width); 134 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) 135 #endif 136 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 137 static void draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row); 138 #endif 139 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 140 static void redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp); 141 #endif 142 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 143 # define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 144 static void start_search_hl(void); 145 static void end_search_hl(void); 146 static void init_search_hl(win_T *wp); 147 static void prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum); 148 static void next_search_hl(win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol, matchitem_T *cur); 149 static int next_search_hl_pos(match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, posmatch_T *pos, colnr_T mincol); 150 #endif 151 static void screen_start_highlight(int attr); 152 static void screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col); 153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 154 static void screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col); 155 #endif 156 static void screenclear2(void); 157 static void lineclear(unsigned off, int width); 158 static void lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width); 159 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 160 static void linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp); 161 static void redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp); 162 #endif 163 static int win_do_lines(win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del); 164 static void win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp); 165 static void msg_pos_mode(void); 166 static void recording_mode(int attr); 167 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 168 static void draw_tabline(void); 169 #endif 170 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 171 static int fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin); 172 #endif 173 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 174 static int fillchar_vsep(int *attr); 175 #endif 176 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 177 static void win_redr_custom(win_T *wp, int draw_ruler); 178 #endif 179 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 180 static void win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always); 181 #endif 182 183 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 184 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ 185 static int screen_char_attr = 0; 186 #endif 187 188 /* 189 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). 190 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. 191 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. 192 */ 193 void 194 redraw_later(int type) 195 { 196 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); 197 } 198 199 void 200 redraw_win_later( 201 win_T *wp, 202 int type) 203 { 204 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) 205 { 206 wp->w_redr_type = type; 207 if (type >= NOT_VALID) 208 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 209 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ 210 must_redraw = type; 211 } 212 } 213 214 /* 215 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used 216 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. 217 */ 218 void 219 redraw_later_clear(void) 220 { 221 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); 222 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 223 if (gui.in_use) 224 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in 225 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ 226 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; 227 else 228 #endif 229 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ 230 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; 231 } 232 233 /* 234 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. 235 */ 236 void 237 redraw_all_later(int type) 238 { 239 win_T *wp; 240 241 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 242 { 243 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 244 } 245 } 246 247 /* 248 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. 249 */ 250 void 251 redraw_curbuf_later(int type) 252 { 253 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); 254 } 255 256 void 257 redraw_buf_later(buf_T *buf, int type) 258 { 259 win_T *wp; 260 261 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 262 { 263 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) 264 redraw_win_later(wp, type); 265 } 266 } 267 268 /* 269 * Redraw as soon as possible. When the command line is not scrolled redraw 270 * right away and restore what was on the command line. 271 * Return a code indicating what happened. 272 */ 273 int 274 redraw_asap(int type) 275 { 276 int rows; 277 int cols = screen_Columns; 278 int r; 279 int ret = 0; 280 schar_T *screenline; /* copy from ScreenLines[] */ 281 sattr_T *screenattr; /* copy from ScreenAttrs[] */ 282 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 283 int i; 284 u8char_T *screenlineUC = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLinesUC[] */ 285 u8char_T *screenlineC[MAX_MCO]; /* copy from ScreenLinesC[][] */ 286 schar_T *screenline2 = NULL; /* copy from ScreenLines2[] */ 287 #endif 288 289 redraw_later(type); 290 if (msg_scrolled || (State != NORMAL && State != NORMAL_BUSY) || exiting) 291 return ret; 292 293 /* Allocate space to save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 294 rows = screen_Rows - cmdline_row; 295 screenline = (schar_T *)lalloc( 296 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 297 screenattr = (sattr_T *)lalloc( 298 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 299 if (screenline == NULL || screenattr == NULL) 300 ret = 2; 301 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 302 if (enc_utf8) 303 { 304 screenlineUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 305 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 306 if (screenlineUC == NULL) 307 ret = 2; 308 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 309 { 310 screenlineC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc( 311 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 312 if (screenlineC[i] == NULL) 313 ret = 2; 314 } 315 } 316 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 317 { 318 screenline2 = (schar_T *)lalloc( 319 (long_u)(rows * cols * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 320 if (screenline2 == NULL) 321 ret = 2; 322 } 323 #endif 324 325 if (ret != 2) 326 { 327 /* Save the text displayed in the command line area. */ 328 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 329 { 330 mch_memmove(screenline + r * cols, 331 ScreenLines + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 332 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 333 mch_memmove(screenattr + r * cols, 334 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 335 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 336 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 337 if (enc_utf8) 338 { 339 mch_memmove(screenlineUC + r * cols, 340 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 341 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 342 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 343 mch_memmove(screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 344 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 345 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 346 } 347 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 348 mch_memmove(screenline2 + r * cols, 349 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[cmdline_row + r], 350 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 351 #endif 352 } 353 354 update_screen(0); 355 ret = 3; 356 357 if (must_redraw == 0) 358 { 359 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 360 361 /* Restore the text displayed in the command line area. */ 362 for (r = 0; r < rows; ++r) 363 { 364 mch_memmove(current_ScreenLine, 365 screenline + r * cols, 366 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 367 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off, 368 screenattr + r * cols, 369 (size_t)cols * sizeof(sattr_T)); 370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 371 if (enc_utf8) 372 { 373 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off, 374 screenlineUC + r * cols, 375 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 376 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 377 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off, 378 screenlineC[i] + r * cols, 379 (size_t)cols * sizeof(u8char_T)); 380 } 381 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 382 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off, 383 screenline2 + r * cols, 384 (size_t)cols * sizeof(schar_T)); 385 #endif 386 SCREEN_LINE(cmdline_row + r, 0, cols, cols, FALSE); 387 } 388 ret = 4; 389 } 390 } 391 392 vim_free(screenline); 393 vim_free(screenattr); 394 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 395 if (enc_utf8) 396 { 397 vim_free(screenlineUC); 398 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 399 vim_free(screenlineC[i]); 400 } 401 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 402 vim_free(screenline2); 403 #endif 404 405 /* Show the intro message when appropriate. */ 406 maybe_intro_message(); 407 408 setcursor(); 409 410 return ret; 411 } 412 413 /* 414 * Invoked after an asynchronous callback is called. 415 * If an echo command was used the cursor needs to be put back where 416 * it belongs. If highlighting was changed a redraw is needed. 417 */ 418 void 419 redraw_after_callback(void) 420 { 421 if (State == HITRETURN || State == ASKMORE) 422 ; /* do nothing */ 423 else if (State & CMDLINE) 424 redrawcmdline(); 425 else if (State & (NORMAL | INSERT)) 426 { 427 update_screen(0); 428 setcursor(); 429 } 430 cursor_on(); 431 out_flush(); 432 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 433 if (gui.in_use) 434 { 435 /* Don't update the cursor when it is blinking and off to avoid 436 * flicker. */ 437 if (!gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 438 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 439 gui_mch_flush(); 440 } 441 #endif 442 } 443 444 /* 445 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that 446 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. 447 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. 448 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. 449 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot 450 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. 451 */ 452 void 453 redrawWinline( 454 linenr_T lnum, 455 int invalid UNUSED) /* window line height is invalid now */ 456 { 457 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 458 int i; 459 #endif 460 461 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) 462 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; 463 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 464 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 465 redraw_later(VALID); 466 467 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 468 if (invalid) 469 { 470 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ 471 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); 472 if (i >= 0) 473 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; 474 } 475 #endif 476 } 477 478 /* 479 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer 480 */ 481 void 482 update_curbuf(int type) 483 { 484 redraw_curbuf_later(type); 485 update_screen(type); 486 } 487 488 /* 489 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull 490 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. 491 */ 492 void 493 update_screen(int type) 494 { 495 win_T *wp; 496 static int did_intro = FALSE; 497 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 498 int did_one; 499 #endif 500 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 501 int did_undraw = FALSE; 502 int gui_cursor_col; 503 int gui_cursor_row; 504 #endif 505 506 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 507 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 508 return; 509 510 if (must_redraw) 511 { 512 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ 513 type = must_redraw; 514 515 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird 516 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous 517 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a 518 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ 519 must_redraw = 0; 520 } 521 522 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ 523 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) 524 type = NOT_VALID; 525 526 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called 527 * recursively. */ 528 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) 529 { 530 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ 531 must_redraw = type; 532 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) 533 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ 534 return; 535 } 536 537 updating_screen = TRUE; 538 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 539 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of 540 * display updating */ 541 #endif 542 543 /* 544 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down 545 */ 546 if (msg_scrolled) 547 { 548 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 549 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ 550 type = CLEAR; 551 else if (type != CLEAR) 552 { 553 check_for_delay(FALSE); 554 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 555 type = CLEAR; 556 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 557 { 558 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) 559 { 560 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled 561 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP 562 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 563 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 564 { 565 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); 566 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; 567 } 568 else 569 { 570 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 571 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 572 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) 573 <= msg_scrolled) 574 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 575 #endif 576 } 577 } 578 } 579 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 580 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 581 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 582 #endif 583 } 584 msg_scrolled = 0; 585 need_wait_return = FALSE; 586 } 587 588 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ 589 compute_cmdrow(); 590 591 /* Check for changed highlighting */ 592 if (need_highlight_changed) 593 highlight_changed(); 594 595 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ 596 { 597 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 598 type = NOT_VALID; 599 } 600 601 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ 602 check_for_delay(FALSE); 603 604 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 605 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 606 * changes. */ 607 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID 608 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 609 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) 610 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; 611 #endif 612 613 /* 614 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. 615 */ 616 if (type == INVERTED) 617 update_curswant(); 618 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type 619 && !((type == VALID 620 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid 621 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 622 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill 623 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill 624 #endif 625 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 626 || (type == INVERTED 627 && VIsual_active 628 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum 629 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode 630 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) 631 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) 632 )) 633 curwin->w_redr_type = type; 634 635 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 636 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 637 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) 638 draw_tabline(); 639 #endif 640 641 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 642 /* 643 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed 644 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. 645 */ 646 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 647 { 648 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) 649 { 650 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 651 win_T *wwp; 652 653 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ 654 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) 655 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) 656 break; 657 # endif 658 if ( 659 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 660 wwp == wp && 661 # endif 662 syntax_present(wp)) 663 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); 664 } 665 } 666 #endif 667 668 /* 669 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need 670 * it. 671 */ 672 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 673 did_one = FALSE; 674 #endif 675 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 676 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 677 #endif 678 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 679 { 680 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 681 { 682 cursor_off(); 683 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) 684 if (!did_one) 685 { 686 did_one = TRUE; 687 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 688 start_search_hl(); 689 # endif 690 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 691 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 692 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 693 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 694 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 695 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 696 # endif 697 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 698 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because 699 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under 700 * it. */ 701 if (gui.in_use && wp == curwin) 702 { 703 gui_cursor_col = gui.cursor_col; 704 gui_cursor_row = gui.cursor_row; 705 gui_undraw_cursor(); 706 did_undraw = TRUE; 707 } 708 #endif 709 } 710 #endif 711 win_update(wp); 712 } 713 714 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 715 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ 716 if (wp->w_redr_status) 717 { 718 cursor_off(); 719 win_redr_status(wp); 720 } 721 #endif 722 } 723 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 724 end_search_hl(); 725 #endif 726 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 727 /* May need to redraw the popup menu. */ 728 if (pum_visible()) 729 pum_redraw(); 730 #endif 731 732 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 733 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster 734 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ 735 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 736 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; 737 #else 738 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 739 #endif 740 741 updating_screen = FALSE; 742 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 743 gui_may_resize_shell(); 744 #endif 745 746 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may 747 * mess up the command line. */ 748 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 749 showmode(); 750 751 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ 752 if (!did_intro) 753 maybe_intro_message(); 754 did_intro = TRUE; 755 756 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 757 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 758 * done. */ 759 if (gui.in_use) 760 { 761 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 762 if (did_undraw && !gui_mch_is_blink_off()) 763 { 764 /* Put the GUI position where the cursor was, gui_update_cursor() 765 * uses that. */ 766 gui.col = gui_cursor_col; 767 gui.row = gui_cursor_row; 768 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 769 screen_cur_col = gui.col; 770 screen_cur_row = gui.row; 771 } 772 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 773 } 774 #endif 775 } 776 777 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) 778 /* 779 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according 780 * to the 'concealcursor' option. 781 */ 782 int 783 conceal_cursor_line(win_T *wp) 784 { 785 int c; 786 787 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) 788 return FALSE; 789 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) 790 c = 'v'; 791 else if (State & INSERT) 792 c = 'i'; 793 else if (State & NORMAL) 794 c = 'n'; 795 else if (State & CMDLINE) 796 c = 'c'; 797 else 798 return FALSE; 799 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; 800 } 801 802 /* 803 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. 804 */ 805 void 806 conceal_check_cursur_line(void) 807 { 808 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) 809 { 810 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; 811 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode 812 * without concealing. */ 813 curs_columns(TRUE); 814 } 815 } 816 817 void 818 update_single_line(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 819 { 820 int row; 821 int j; 822 823 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ 824 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) 825 return; 826 827 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline 828 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) 829 { 830 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 831 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling 832 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 833 if (gui.in_use) 834 gui_undraw_cursor(); 835 # endif 836 row = 0; 837 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) 838 { 839 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) 840 { 841 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ 842 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 843 init_search_hl(wp); 844 start_search_hl(); 845 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 846 # endif 847 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); 848 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 849 end_search_hl(); 850 # endif 851 break; 852 } 853 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; 854 } 855 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 856 /* Redraw the cursor */ 857 if (gui.in_use) 858 { 859 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 860 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 861 } 862 # endif 863 } 864 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; 865 } 866 #endif 867 868 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) 869 static void update_prepare(void); 870 static void update_finish(void); 871 872 /* 873 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. 874 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. 875 */ 876 static void 877 update_prepare(void) 878 { 879 cursor_off(); 880 updating_screen = TRUE; 881 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 882 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may 883 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ 884 if (gui.in_use) 885 gui_undraw_cursor(); 886 #endif 887 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 888 start_search_hl(); 889 #endif 890 } 891 892 /* 893 * Finish updating one or more windows. 894 */ 895 static void 896 update_finish(void) 897 { 898 if (redraw_cmdline) 899 showmode(); 900 901 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 902 end_search_hl(); 903 # endif 904 905 updating_screen = FALSE; 906 907 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 908 gui_may_resize_shell(); 909 910 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is 911 * done. */ 912 if (gui.in_use) 913 { 914 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ 915 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 916 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); 917 } 918 # endif 919 } 920 #endif 921 922 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) 923 void 924 update_debug_sign(buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum) 925 { 926 win_T *wp; 927 int doit = FALSE; 928 929 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 930 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 931 # endif 932 933 /* update/delete a specific mark */ 934 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 935 { 936 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) 937 { 938 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline 939 && lnum < wp->w_botline) 940 { 941 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) 942 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; 943 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) 944 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; 945 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 946 } 947 } 948 else 949 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); 950 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 951 doit = TRUE; 952 } 953 954 /* Return when there is nothing to do, screen updating is already 955 * happening (recursive call) or still starting up. */ 956 if (!doit || updating_screen 957 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 958 || gui.starting 959 #endif 960 || starting) 961 return; 962 963 /* update all windows that need updating */ 964 update_prepare(); 965 966 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 967 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 968 { 969 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) 970 win_update(wp); 971 if (wp->w_redr_status) 972 win_redr_status(wp); 973 } 974 # else 975 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) 976 win_update(curwin); 977 # endif 978 979 update_finish(); 980 } 981 #endif 982 983 984 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 985 /* 986 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. 987 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. 988 */ 989 void 990 updateWindow(win_T *wp) 991 { 992 /* return if already busy updating */ 993 if (updating_screen) 994 return; 995 996 update_prepare(); 997 998 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 999 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ 1000 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel_star()) 1001 clip_update_selection(&clip_star); 1002 if (clip_plus.available && clip_isautosel_plus()) 1003 clip_update_selection(&clip_plus); 1004 #endif 1005 1006 win_update(wp); 1007 1008 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1009 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ 1010 if (redraw_tabline) 1011 draw_tabline(); 1012 1013 if (wp->w_redr_status 1014 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1015 || p_ru 1016 # endif 1017 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 1018 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL 1019 # endif 1020 ) 1021 win_redr_status(wp); 1022 #endif 1023 1024 update_finish(); 1025 } 1026 #endif 1027 1028 /* 1029 * Update a single window. 1030 * 1031 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the 1032 * screen or scrolling lines). 1033 * 1034 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also 1035 * implies the one below it. 1036 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window 1037 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible 1038 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID 1039 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area 1040 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area 1041 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline 1042 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down 1043 * 3. redraw changed text: 1044 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between 1045 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. 1046 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between 1047 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. 1048 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. 1049 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. 1050 * This results in three areas that may need updating: 1051 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) 1052 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) 1053 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) 1054 */ 1055 static void 1056 win_update(win_T *wp) 1057 { 1058 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; 1059 int type; 1060 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs 1061 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ 1062 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs 1063 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ 1064 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs 1065 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ 1066 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs 1067 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ 1068 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when 1069 w_topline got smaller a bit */ 1070 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1071 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 1072 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ 1073 #endif 1074 1075 int row; /* current window row to display */ 1076 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ 1077 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ 1078 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ 1079 1080 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ 1081 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ 1082 int i; 1083 long j; 1084 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ 1085 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; 1086 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1087 long fold_count; 1088 #endif 1089 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1090 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if 1091 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ 1092 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ 1093 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ 1094 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ 1095 int did_update = DID_NONE; 1096 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ 1097 #endif 1098 linenr_T mod_top = 0; 1099 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; 1100 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1101 int save_got_int; 1102 #endif 1103 1104 type = wp->w_redr_type; 1105 1106 if (type == NOT_VALID) 1107 { 1108 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1109 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 1110 #endif 1111 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 1112 } 1113 1114 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ 1115 if (wp->w_height == 0) 1116 { 1117 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1118 return; 1119 } 1120 1121 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1122 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ 1123 if (wp->w_width == 0) 1124 { 1125 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 1126 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); 1127 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 1128 return; 1129 } 1130 #endif 1131 1132 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1133 init_search_hl(wp); 1134 #endif 1135 1136 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 1137 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 1138 * changes. */ 1139 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; 1140 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) 1141 { 1142 type = NOT_VALID; 1143 wp->w_nrwidth = i; 1144 } 1145 else 1146 #endif 1147 1148 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) 1149 { 1150 /* 1151 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be 1152 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw 1153 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). 1154 */ 1155 type = NOT_VALID; 1156 } 1157 else 1158 { 1159 /* 1160 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of 1161 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. 1162 */ 1163 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; 1164 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) 1165 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; 1166 else 1167 mod_bot = 0; 1168 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ 1169 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; 1170 if (buf->b_mod_set) 1171 { 1172 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) 1173 { 1174 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; 1175 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1176 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included 1177 * in a pattern match. */ 1178 if (syntax_present(wp)) 1179 { 1180 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; 1181 if (mod_top < 1) 1182 mod_top = 1; 1183 } 1184 #endif 1185 } 1186 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) 1187 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; 1188 1189 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1190 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a 1191 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a 1192 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible 1193 * lines above the change. 1194 * Same for a match pattern. 1195 */ 1196 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL 1197 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) 1198 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1199 else 1200 { 1201 cur = wp->w_match_head; 1202 while (cur != NULL) 1203 { 1204 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL 1205 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) 1206 { 1207 top_to_mod = TRUE; 1208 break; 1209 } 1210 cur = cur->next; 1211 } 1212 } 1213 #endif 1214 } 1215 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1216 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1217 { 1218 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; 1219 1220 /* 1221 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or 1222 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. 1223 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first 1224 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first 1225 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. 1226 */ 1227 1228 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to 1229 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. 1230 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb 1231 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ 1232 lnumt = wp->w_topline; 1233 lnumb = MAXLNUM; 1234 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1235 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1236 { 1237 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) 1238 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; 1239 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) 1240 { 1241 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; 1242 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating 1243 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ 1244 if (compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0) > 0) 1245 ++lnumb; 1246 } 1247 } 1248 1249 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); 1250 if (mod_top > lnumt) 1251 mod_top = lnumt; 1252 1253 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ 1254 --mod_bot; 1255 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); 1256 ++mod_bot; 1257 if (mod_bot < lnumb) 1258 mod_bot = lnumb; 1259 } 1260 #endif 1261 1262 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below 1263 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. 1264 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was 1265 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ 1266 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) 1267 { 1268 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) 1269 mod_top = wp->w_topline; 1270 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1271 else if (syntax_present(wp)) 1272 top_end = 1; 1273 #endif 1274 } 1275 1276 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below 1277 * inserted/deleted lines. */ 1278 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) 1279 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1280 } 1281 1282 /* 1283 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when 1284 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. 1285 */ 1286 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) 1287 { 1288 j = 0; 1289 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1290 { 1291 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1292 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) 1293 { 1294 top_end = j; 1295 break; 1296 } 1297 } 1298 if (top_end == 0) 1299 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ 1300 type = NOT_VALID; 1301 else 1302 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ 1303 type = VALID; 1304 } 1305 1306 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will 1307 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still 1308 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not 1309 * called. */ 1310 if (screen_cleared) 1311 screen_cleared = MAYBE; 1312 1313 /* 1314 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, 1315 * handle three cases: 1316 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down 1317 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up 1318 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in 1319 * w_lines[] that needs updating. 1320 */ 1321 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID 1322 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) 1323 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1324 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill 1325 #endif 1326 ) 1327 { 1328 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) 1329 { 1330 /* 1331 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done 1332 * further down. 1333 */ 1334 } 1335 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid 1336 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1337 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1338 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum 1339 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) 1340 #endif 1341 )) 1342 { 1343 /* 1344 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. 1345 */ 1346 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1347 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) 1348 { 1349 linenr_T ln; 1350 1351 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence 1352 * of folded lines as one */ 1353 j = 0; 1354 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) 1355 { 1356 ++j; 1357 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) 1358 break; 1359 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); 1360 } 1361 } 1362 else 1363 #endif 1364 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; 1365 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ 1366 { 1367 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); 1368 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1369 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ 1370 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) 1371 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) 1372 - wp->w_old_topfill; 1373 #endif 1374 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ 1375 { 1376 /* 1377 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. 1378 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. 1379 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. 1380 */ 1381 if (i > 0) 1382 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1383 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1384 { 1385 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1386 { 1387 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the 1388 * first one that scrolled down. */ 1389 top_end = i; 1390 scrolled_down = TRUE; 1391 1392 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable 1393 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ 1394 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) 1395 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1396 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) 1397 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; 1398 while (idx >= 0) 1399 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1400 } 1401 } 1402 else 1403 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1404 } 1405 else 1406 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1407 } 1408 else 1409 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1410 } 1411 else 1412 { 1413 /* 1414 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. 1415 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that 1416 * needs updating. 1417 */ 1418 1419 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ 1420 j = -1; 1421 row = 0; 1422 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) 1423 { 1424 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1425 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1426 { 1427 j = i; 1428 break; 1429 } 1430 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1431 } 1432 if (j == -1) 1433 { 1434 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all 1435 * lines */ 1436 mid_start = 0; 1437 } 1438 else 1439 { 1440 /* 1441 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. 1442 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. 1443 */ 1444 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1445 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, 1446 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ 1447 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) 1448 row += wp->w_old_topfill; 1449 else 1450 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); 1451 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ 1452 row -= wp->w_topfill; 1453 #endif 1454 if (row > 0) 1455 { 1456 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1457 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) 1458 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; 1459 else 1460 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ 1461 } 1462 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) 1463 { 1464 /* 1465 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still 1466 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info 1467 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set 1468 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. 1469 */ 1470 bot_start = 0; 1471 idx = 0; 1472 for (;;) 1473 { 1474 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; 1475 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still 1476 * valid (no lines deleted) */ 1477 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row 1478 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) 1479 { 1480 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; 1481 break; 1482 } 1483 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 1484 1485 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1486 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1487 { 1488 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 1489 break; 1490 } 1491 } 1492 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1493 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top 1494 * when it won't get updated below. */ 1495 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) 1496 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = 1497 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) 1498 + wp->w_topfill; 1499 #endif 1500 } 1501 } 1502 } 1503 1504 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When 1505 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen 1506 * first. */ 1507 if (mid_start == 0) 1508 { 1509 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1510 if (lastwin == firstwin) 1511 { 1512 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or 1513 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE 1514 * then. */ 1515 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) 1516 screenclear(); 1517 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 1518 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ 1519 if (redraw_tabline) 1520 draw_tabline(); 1521 #endif 1522 } 1523 } 1524 1525 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be 1526 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() 1527 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to 1528 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ 1529 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) 1530 must_redraw = 0; 1531 } 1532 else 1533 { 1534 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ 1535 mid_start = 0; 1536 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1537 } 1538 1539 if (type == SOME_VALID) 1540 { 1541 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ 1542 mid_start = 0; 1543 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1544 type = NOT_VALID; 1545 } 1546 1547 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ 1548 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1549 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) 1550 { 1551 linenr_T from, to; 1552 1553 if (VIsual_active) 1554 { 1555 if (VIsual_active 1556 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode 1557 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) 1558 { 1559 /* 1560 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole 1561 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is 1562 * gained or lost. 1563 */ 1564 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) 1565 { 1566 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1567 to = VIsual.lnum; 1568 } 1569 else 1570 { 1571 from = VIsual.lnum; 1572 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1573 } 1574 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ 1575 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) 1576 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1577 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) 1578 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1579 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) 1580 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1581 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1582 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1583 } 1584 else 1585 { 1586 /* 1587 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines 1588 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor 1589 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. 1590 */ 1591 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) 1592 { 1593 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1594 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1595 } 1596 else 1597 { 1598 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1599 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1600 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ 1601 from = to; 1602 } 1603 1604 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum 1605 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) 1606 { 1607 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from 1608 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) 1609 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1610 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) 1611 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1612 if (VIsual.lnum < from) 1613 from = VIsual.lnum; 1614 if (VIsual.lnum > to) 1615 to = VIsual.lnum; 1616 } 1617 } 1618 1619 /* 1620 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: 1621 * update all lines. 1622 * First compute the actual start and end column. 1623 */ 1624 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 1625 { 1626 colnr_T fromc, toc; 1627 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1628 int save_ve_flags = ve_flags; 1629 1630 if (curwin->w_p_lbr) 1631 ve_flags = VE_ALL; 1632 #endif 1633 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); 1634 #if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) && defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) 1635 ve_flags = save_ve_flags; 1636 #endif 1637 ++toc; 1638 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) 1639 toc = MAXCOL; 1640 1641 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol 1642 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) 1643 { 1644 if (from > VIsual.lnum) 1645 from = VIsual.lnum; 1646 if (to < VIsual.lnum) 1647 to = VIsual.lnum; 1648 } 1649 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; 1650 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; 1651 } 1652 } 1653 else 1654 { 1655 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ 1656 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) 1657 { 1658 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1659 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1660 } 1661 else 1662 { 1663 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; 1664 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; 1665 } 1666 } 1667 1668 /* 1669 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. 1670 */ 1671 if (from < wp->w_topline) 1672 from = wp->w_topline; 1673 1674 /* 1675 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to 1676 * the lines that are visible in the window. 1677 */ 1678 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) 1679 { 1680 if (from >= wp->w_botline) 1681 from = wp->w_botline - 1; 1682 if (to >= wp->w_botline) 1683 to = wp->w_botline - 1; 1684 } 1685 1686 /* 1687 * Find the minimal part to be updated. 1688 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. 1689 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets 1690 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. 1691 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text 1692 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for 1693 * mid_end (in srow). 1694 */ 1695 if (mid_start > 0) 1696 { 1697 lnum = wp->w_topline; 1698 idx = 0; 1699 srow = 0; 1700 if (scrolled_down) 1701 mid_start = top_end; 1702 else 1703 mid_start = 0; 1704 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ 1705 { 1706 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1707 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1708 else if (!scrolled_down) 1709 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1710 ++idx; 1711 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1712 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) 1713 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; 1714 else 1715 # endif 1716 ++lnum; 1717 } 1718 srow += mid_start; 1719 mid_end = wp->w_height; 1720 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ 1721 { 1722 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 1723 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) 1724 { 1725 /* Only update until first row of this line */ 1726 mid_end = srow; 1727 break; 1728 } 1729 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; 1730 } 1731 } 1732 } 1733 1734 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) 1735 { 1736 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; 1737 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1738 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; 1739 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; 1740 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; 1741 } 1742 else 1743 { 1744 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; 1745 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; 1746 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; 1747 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; 1748 } 1749 1750 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 1751 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ 1752 save_got_int = got_int; 1753 got_int = 0; 1754 #endif 1755 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1756 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; 1757 #endif 1758 1759 /* 1760 * Update all the window rows. 1761 */ 1762 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ 1763 row = 0; 1764 srow = 0; 1765 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ 1766 for (;;) 1767 { 1768 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ 1769 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ 1770 if (row == wp->w_height) 1771 { 1772 didline = TRUE; 1773 break; 1774 } 1775 1776 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ 1777 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 1778 { 1779 eof = TRUE; 1780 break; 1781 } 1782 1783 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt 1784 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ 1785 srow = row; 1786 1787 /* 1788 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it 1789 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. 1790 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using 1791 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. 1792 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will 1793 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is 1794 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. 1795 */ 1796 if (row < top_end 1797 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) 1798 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1799 || top_to_mod 1800 #endif 1801 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid 1802 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) 1803 || (mod_top != 0 1804 && (lnum == mod_top 1805 || (lnum >= mod_top 1806 && (lnum < mod_bot 1807 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1808 || did_update == DID_FOLD 1809 || (did_update == DID_LINE 1810 && syntax_present(wp) 1811 && ( 1812 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1813 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) 1814 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || 1815 # endif 1816 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) 1817 #endif 1818 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1819 /* match in fixed position might need redraw 1820 * if lines were inserted or deleted */ 1821 || (wp->w_match_head != NULL 1822 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0) 1823 #endif 1824 ))))) 1825 { 1826 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 1827 if (lnum == mod_top) 1828 top_to_mod = FALSE; 1829 #endif 1830 1831 /* 1832 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines 1833 * up or down to minimize redrawing. 1834 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. 1835 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol >= 0, keep the "$". 1836 */ 1837 if (lnum == mod_top 1838 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM 1839 && !(dollar_vcol >= 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) 1840 { 1841 int old_rows = 0; 1842 int new_rows = 0; 1843 int xtra_rows; 1844 linenr_T l; 1845 1846 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which 1847 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are 1848 * currently displayed. */ 1849 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) 1850 { 1851 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid 1852 * lines are part of the changed area. */ 1853 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1854 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) 1855 break; 1856 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; 1857 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1858 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid 1859 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) 1860 { 1861 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. 1862 * Add following invalid entries. */ 1863 ++i; 1864 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid 1865 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) 1866 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; 1867 break; 1868 } 1869 #endif 1870 } 1871 1872 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1873 { 1874 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, 1875 * need to redraw until the end of the window. 1876 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ 1877 bot_start = 0; 1878 } 1879 else 1880 { 1881 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window 1882 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ 1883 j = idx; 1884 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) 1885 { 1886 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1887 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) 1888 ++new_rows; 1889 else 1890 #endif 1891 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 1892 if (l == wp->w_topline) 1893 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) 1894 + wp->w_topfill; 1895 else 1896 #endif 1897 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); 1898 ++j; 1899 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) 1900 { 1901 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ 1902 new_rows = 9999; 1903 break; 1904 } 1905 } 1906 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; 1907 if (xtra_rows < 0) 1908 { 1909 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough 1910 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the 1911 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text 1912 * below the scrolled text. */ 1913 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1914 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1915 else 1916 { 1917 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1918 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, 1919 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1920 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1921 else 1922 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; 1923 } 1924 } 1925 else if (xtra_rows > 0) 1926 { 1927 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough 1928 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the 1929 * rest. */ 1930 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) 1931 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1932 else 1933 { 1934 check_for_delay(FALSE); 1935 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, 1936 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) 1937 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; 1938 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) 1939 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires 1940 * updating down. */ 1941 top_end += xtra_rows; 1942 } 1943 } 1944 1945 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] 1946 * entries. */ 1947 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) 1948 { 1949 if (j < i) 1950 { 1951 int x = row + new_rows; 1952 1953 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ 1954 for (;;) 1955 { 1956 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ 1957 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) 1958 { 1959 wp->w_lines_valid = j; 1960 break; 1961 } 1962 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; 1963 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ 1964 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size 1965 > wp->w_height) 1966 { 1967 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; 1968 break; 1969 } 1970 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; 1971 ++i; 1972 } 1973 if (bot_start > x) 1974 bot_start = x; 1975 } 1976 else /* j > i */ 1977 { 1978 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ 1979 j -= i; 1980 wp->w_lines_valid += j; 1981 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) 1982 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; 1983 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) 1984 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; 1985 1986 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are 1987 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. 1988 * Reset to zero. */ 1989 while (i >= idx) 1990 { 1991 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; 1992 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; 1993 } 1994 } 1995 } 1996 } 1997 } 1998 1999 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2000 /* 2001 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. 2002 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when 2003 * 'wrap' is on). 2004 */ 2005 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); 2006 if (fold_count != 0) 2007 { 2008 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); 2009 ++row; 2010 --fold_count; 2011 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; 2012 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; 2013 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2014 did_update = DID_FOLD; 2015 # endif 2016 } 2017 else 2018 #endif 2019 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid 2020 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid 2021 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum 2022 && lnum > wp->w_topline 2023 && !(dy_flags & (DY_LASTLINE | DY_TRUNCATE)) 2024 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height 2025 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2026 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 2027 #endif 2028 ) 2029 { 2030 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, 2031 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ 2032 row = wp->w_height + 1; 2033 } 2034 else 2035 { 2036 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 2037 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); 2038 #endif 2039 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2040 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ 2041 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum 2042 && syntax_present(wp)) 2043 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2044 #endif 2045 2046 /* 2047 * Display one line. 2048 */ 2049 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); 2050 2051 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2052 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; 2053 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; 2054 #endif 2055 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2056 did_update = DID_LINE; 2057 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; 2058 #endif 2059 } 2060 2061 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; 2062 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; 2063 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2064 { 2065 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ 2066 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2067 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); 2068 ++idx; 2069 break; 2070 } 2071 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2072 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; 2073 ++idx; 2074 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2075 lnum += fold_count + 1; 2076 #else 2077 ++lnum; 2078 #endif 2079 } 2080 else 2081 { 2082 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ 2083 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; 2084 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ 2085 break; 2086 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2087 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; 2088 #else 2089 ++lnum; 2090 #endif 2091 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2092 did_update = DID_NONE; 2093 #endif 2094 } 2095 2096 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 2097 { 2098 eof = TRUE; 2099 break; 2100 } 2101 } 2102 /* 2103 * End of loop over all window lines. 2104 */ 2105 2106 2107 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) 2108 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; 2109 2110 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2111 /* 2112 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. 2113 */ 2114 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) 2115 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); 2116 #endif 2117 2118 /* 2119 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last 2120 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. 2121 */ 2122 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; 2123 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2124 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; 2125 #endif 2126 if (!eof && !didline) 2127 { 2128 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 2129 { 2130 /* 2131 * Single line that does not fit! 2132 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. 2133 */ 2134 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; 2135 } 2136 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2137 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) 2138 { 2139 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ 2140 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2141 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; 2142 } 2143 #endif 2144 else if (dy_flags & DY_TRUNCATE) /* 'display' has "truncate" */ 2145 { 2146 int scr_row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1; 2147 2148 /* 2149 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" in the last screen line. 2150 */ 2151 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"@@", 2, scr_row, W_WINCOL(wp), 2152 hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2153 screen_fill(scr_row, scr_row + 1, 2154 (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + 2, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2155 '@', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2156 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2157 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2158 } 2159 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ 2160 { 2161 /* 2162 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. 2163 */ 2164 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, 2165 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 2166 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2167 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2168 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); 2169 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2170 } 2171 else 2172 { 2173 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 2174 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2175 } 2176 } 2177 else 2178 { 2179 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 2180 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 2181 #endif 2182 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ 2183 { 2184 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 2185 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2186 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); 2187 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) 2188 { 2189 /* 2190 * Display filler lines at the end of the file 2191 */ 2192 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 2193 i = '-'; 2194 else 2195 i = fill_diff; 2196 if (row + j > wp->w_height) 2197 j = wp->w_height - row; 2198 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); 2199 row += j; 2200 } 2201 #endif 2202 } 2203 else if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2204 wp->w_botline = lnum; 2205 2206 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ 2207 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ 2208 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_EOB); 2209 } 2210 2211 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ 2212 wp->w_redr_type = 0; 2213 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 2214 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 2215 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; 2216 #endif 2217 2218 if (dollar_vcol == -1) 2219 { 2220 /* 2221 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each 2222 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive 2223 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the 2224 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to 2225 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was 2226 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on 2227 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw 2228 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it 2229 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where 2230 * changes are relevant). 2231 */ 2232 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; 2233 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) 2234 { 2235 recursive = TRUE; 2236 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; 2237 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ 2238 if (must_redraw != 0) 2239 { 2240 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ 2241 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; 2242 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; 2243 win_update(curwin); 2244 must_redraw = 0; 2245 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; 2246 } 2247 recursive = FALSE; 2248 } 2249 } 2250 2251 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) 2252 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ 2253 if (!got_int) 2254 got_int = save_got_int; 2255 #endif 2256 } 2257 2258 /* 2259 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" 2260 * as the filler character. 2261 */ 2262 static void 2263 win_draw_end( 2264 win_T *wp, 2265 int c1, 2266 int c2, 2267 int row, 2268 int endrow, 2269 hlf_T hl) 2270 { 2271 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) 2272 int n = 0; 2273 # define FDC_OFF n 2274 #else 2275 # define FDC_OFF 0 2276 #endif 2277 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2278 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2279 #endif 2280 2281 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2282 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2283 { 2284 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ 2285 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2286 n = fdc; 2287 2288 if (n > 0) 2289 { 2290 /* draw the fold column at the right */ 2291 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2292 n = W_WIDTH(wp); 2293 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2294 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2295 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2296 } 2297 # endif 2298 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2299 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2300 { 2301 int nn = n + 2; 2302 2303 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ 2304 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2305 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2306 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2307 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, 2308 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2309 n = nn; 2310 } 2311 # endif 2312 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2313 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, 2314 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2315 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2316 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, 2317 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2318 } 2319 else 2320 #endif 2321 { 2322 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2323 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2324 { 2325 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ 2326 n = 1; 2327 if (n > wp->w_width) 2328 n = wp->w_width; 2329 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2330 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, 2331 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); 2332 } 2333 #endif 2334 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2335 if (fdc > 0) 2336 { 2337 int nn = n + fdc; 2338 2339 /* draw the fold column at the left */ 2340 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2341 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2342 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2343 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2344 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2345 n = nn; 2346 } 2347 #endif 2348 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2349 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2350 { 2351 int nn = n + 2; 2352 2353 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ 2354 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) 2355 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); 2356 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2357 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, 2358 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); 2359 n = nn; 2360 } 2361 #endif 2362 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, 2363 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 2364 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); 2365 } 2366 set_empty_rows(wp, row); 2367 } 2368 2369 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2370 static int advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols); 2371 2372 /* 2373 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. 2374 */ 2375 static int 2376 advance_color_col(int vcol, int **color_cols) 2377 { 2378 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) 2379 ++*color_cols; 2380 return (**color_cols >= 0); 2381 } 2382 #endif 2383 2384 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 2385 /* 2386 * Compute the width of the foldcolumn. Based on 'foldcolumn' and how much 2387 * space is available for window "wp", minus "col". 2388 */ 2389 static int 2390 compute_foldcolumn(win_T *wp, int col) 2391 { 2392 int fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; 2393 int wmw = wp == curwin && p_wmw == 0 ? 1 : p_wmw; 2394 int wwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 2395 2396 if (fdc > wwidth - (col + wmw)) 2397 fdc = wwidth - (col + wmw); 2398 return fdc; 2399 } 2400 2401 /* 2402 * Display one folded line. 2403 */ 2404 static void 2405 fold_line( 2406 win_T *wp, 2407 long fold_count, 2408 foldinfo_T *foldinfo, 2409 linenr_T lnum, 2410 int row) 2411 { 2412 char_u buf[FOLD_TEXT_LEN]; 2413 pos_T *top, *bot; 2414 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; 2415 int len; 2416 char_u *text; 2417 int fdc; 2418 int col; 2419 int txtcol; 2420 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 2421 int ri; 2422 2423 /* Build the fold line: 2424 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2425 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2426 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2427 * 4. Compose the text 2428 * 5. Add the text 2429 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text 2430 */ 2431 col = 0; 2432 2433 /* 2434 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window 2435 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. 2436 */ 2437 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 2438 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 2439 { 2440 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; 2441 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 2442 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2443 if (enc_utf8) 2444 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 2445 #endif 2446 ++col; 2447 } 2448 #endif 2449 2450 /* 2451 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' 2452 * Reduce the width when there is not enough space. 2453 */ 2454 fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, col); 2455 if (fdc > 0) 2456 { 2457 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); 2458 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2459 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2460 { 2461 int i; 2462 2463 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, 2464 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2465 /* reverse the fold column */ 2466 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) 2467 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; 2468 } 2469 else 2470 #endif 2471 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); 2472 col += fdc; 2473 } 2474 2475 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2476 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ 2477 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2478 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ 2479 else \ 2480 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2481 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2482 #else 2483 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ 2484 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v 2485 #endif 2486 2487 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the 2488 * text */ 2489 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); 2490 2491 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 2492 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ 2493 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 2494 { 2495 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2496 if (len > 0) 2497 { 2498 if (len > 2) 2499 len = 2; 2500 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2501 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2502 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2503 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, 2504 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2505 else 2506 # endif 2507 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2508 col += len; 2509 } 2510 } 2511 #endif 2512 2513 /* 2514 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column 2515 */ 2516 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 2517 { 2518 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2519 if (len > 0) 2520 { 2521 int w = number_width(wp); 2522 long num; 2523 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 2524 2525 if (len > w + 1) 2526 len = w + 1; 2527 2528 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 2529 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 2530 num = (long)lnum; 2531 else 2532 { 2533 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 2534 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 2535 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 2536 { 2537 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber': cursor line shows absolute 2538 * line number */ 2539 num = lnum; 2540 fmt = "%-*ld "; 2541 } 2542 } 2543 2544 sprintf((char *)buf, fmt, w, num); 2545 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2546 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2547 /* the line number isn't reversed */ 2548 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, 2549 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2550 else 2551 #endif 2552 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); 2553 col += len; 2554 } 2555 } 2556 2557 /* 2558 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. 2559 */ 2560 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); 2561 2562 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ 2563 2564 /* 2565 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". 2566 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put 2567 * in columns number-col - window-width. 2568 */ 2569 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2570 if (has_mbyte) 2571 { 2572 int cells; 2573 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 2574 int i; 2575 int idx; 2576 int c_len; 2577 char_u *p; 2578 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2579 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 2580 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 2581 # endif 2582 2583 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2584 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2585 idx = off; 2586 else 2587 # endif 2588 idx = off + col; 2589 2590 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ 2591 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) 2592 { 2593 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); 2594 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 2595 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) 2596 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2597 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) 2598 # endif 2599 ) 2600 break; 2601 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; 2602 if (enc_utf8) 2603 { 2604 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); 2605 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 2606 { 2607 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; 2608 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2609 prev_c = u8c; 2610 #endif 2611 } 2612 else 2613 { 2614 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 2615 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 2616 { 2617 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 2618 int pc, pc1, nc; 2619 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 2620 int firstbyte = *p; 2621 2622 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 2623 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 2624 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2625 { 2626 pc = prev_c; 2627 pc1 = prev_c1; 2628 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); 2629 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 2630 } 2631 else 2632 { 2633 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); 2634 nc = prev_c; 2635 pc1 = pcc[0]; 2636 } 2637 prev_c = u8c; 2638 2639 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], 2640 pc, pc1, nc); 2641 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; 2642 } 2643 else 2644 prev_c = u8c; 2645 #endif 2646 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 2647 #ifdef UNICODE16 2648 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 2649 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 2650 else 2651 #endif 2652 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; 2653 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 2654 { 2655 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; 2656 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 2657 break; 2658 } 2659 } 2660 if (cells > 1) 2661 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; 2662 } 2663 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) 2664 /* double-byte single width character */ 2665 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; 2666 else if (cells > 1) 2667 /* double-width character */ 2668 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; 2669 col += cells; 2670 idx += cells; 2671 p += c_len; 2672 } 2673 } 2674 else 2675 #endif 2676 { 2677 len = (int)STRLEN(text); 2678 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) 2679 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 2680 if (len > 0) 2681 { 2682 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2683 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2684 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); 2685 else 2686 #endif 2687 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); 2688 col += len; 2689 } 2690 } 2691 2692 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ 2693 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2694 if (wp->w_p_rl) 2695 col -= txtcol; 2696 #endif 2697 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) 2698 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 2699 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) 2700 #endif 2701 ) 2702 { 2703 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2704 if (enc_utf8) 2705 { 2706 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) 2707 { 2708 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; 2709 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; 2710 } 2711 else 2712 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; 2713 } 2714 #endif 2715 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; 2716 } 2717 2718 if (text != buf) 2719 vim_free(text); 2720 2721 /* 2722 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. 2723 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. 2724 */ 2725 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 2726 { 2727 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 2728 { 2729 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 2730 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 2731 bot = &VIsual; 2732 } 2733 else 2734 { 2735 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 2736 top = &VIsual; 2737 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 2738 } 2739 if (lnum >= top->lnum 2740 && lnume <= bot->lnum 2741 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' 2742 || ((lnum > top->lnum 2743 || (lnum == top->lnum 2744 && top->col == 0)) 2745 && (lnume < bot->lnum 2746 || (lnume == bot->lnum 2747 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) 2748 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) 2749 { 2750 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) 2751 { 2752 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ 2753 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2754 { 2755 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol != MAXCOL 2756 && wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol 2757 < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) 2758 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 2759 else 2760 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; 2761 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), 2762 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); 2763 } 2764 } 2765 else 2766 { 2767 /* Set all attributes of the text */ 2768 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); 2769 } 2770 } 2771 } 2772 2773 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2774 /* Show colorcolumn in the fold line, but let cursorcolumn override it. */ 2775 if (wp->w_p_cc_cols) 2776 { 2777 int i = 0; 2778 int j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[i]; 2779 int old_txtcol = txtcol; 2780 2781 while (j > -1) 2782 { 2783 txtcol += j; 2784 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2785 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2786 else 2787 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2788 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2789 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2790 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_MC)); 2791 txtcol = old_txtcol; 2792 j = wp->w_p_cc_cols[++i]; 2793 } 2794 } 2795 2796 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ 2797 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 2798 { 2799 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; 2800 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 2801 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; 2802 else 2803 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; 2804 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) 2805 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( 2806 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 2807 } 2808 #endif 2809 2810 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), 2811 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); 2812 2813 /* 2814 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 2815 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 2816 */ 2817 if (wp == curwin 2818 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 2819 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 2820 { 2821 curwin->w_cline_row = row; 2822 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; 2823 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; 2824 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 2825 } 2826 } 2827 2828 /* 2829 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". 2830 */ 2831 static void 2832 copy_text_attr( 2833 int off, 2834 char_u *buf, 2835 int len, 2836 int attr) 2837 { 2838 int i; 2839 2840 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); 2841 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2842 if (enc_utf8) 2843 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); 2844 # endif 2845 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 2846 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; 2847 } 2848 2849 /* 2850 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". 2851 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. 2852 */ 2853 static void 2854 fill_foldcolumn( 2855 char_u *p, 2856 win_T *wp, 2857 int closed, /* TRUE of FALSE */ 2858 linenr_T lnum) /* current line number */ 2859 { 2860 int i = 0; 2861 int level; 2862 int first_level; 2863 int empty; 2864 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 2865 2866 /* Init to all spaces. */ 2867 vim_memset(p, ' ', (size_t)fdc); 2868 2869 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; 2870 if (level > 0) 2871 { 2872 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ 2873 empty = (fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; 2874 2875 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that 2876 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ 2877 first_level = level - fdc - closed + 1 + empty; 2878 if (first_level < 1) 2879 first_level = 1; 2880 2881 for (i = 0; i + empty < fdc; ++i) 2882 { 2883 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum 2884 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) 2885 p[i] = '-'; 2886 else if (first_level == 1) 2887 p[i] = '|'; 2888 else if (first_level + i <= 9) 2889 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; 2890 else 2891 p[i] = '>'; 2892 if (first_level + i == level) 2893 break; 2894 } 2895 } 2896 if (closed) 2897 p[i >= fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; 2898 } 2899 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ 2900 2901 /* 2902 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. 2903 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. 2904 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. 2905 * 2906 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. 2907 */ 2908 static int 2909 win_line( 2910 win_T *wp, 2911 linenr_T lnum, 2912 int startrow, 2913 int endrow, 2914 int nochange UNUSED) /* not updating for changed text */ 2915 { 2916 int col; /* visual column on screen */ 2917 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ 2918 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ 2919 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ 2920 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 2921 long vcol_sbr = -1; /* virtual column after showbreak */ 2922 #endif 2923 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ 2924 char_u *line; /* current line */ 2925 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ 2926 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ 2927 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ 2928 2929 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ 2930 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ 2931 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ 2932 char_u *p_extra_free = NULL; /* p_extra needs to be freed */ 2933 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ 2934 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ 2935 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when 2936 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ 2937 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ 2938 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ 2939 2940 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ 2941 int saved_n_extra = 0; 2942 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; 2943 int saved_c_extra = 0; 2944 int saved_char_attr = 0; 2945 2946 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ 2947 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ 2948 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ 2949 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ 2950 2951 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ 2952 2953 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ 2954 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ 2955 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ 2956 pos_T *top, *bot; 2957 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; 2958 pos_T pos; 2959 long v; 2960 2961 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ 2962 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ 2963 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting 2964 in this line */ 2965 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ 2966 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ 2967 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ 2968 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 2969 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ 2970 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ 2971 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ 2972 int save_did_emsg; 2973 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ 2974 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ 2975 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ 2976 #endif 2977 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2978 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ 2979 # define SPWORDLEN 150 2980 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ 2981 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ 2982 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line 2983 starts */ 2984 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ 2985 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ 2986 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ 2987 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which 2988 * there are no spell errors */ 2989 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ 2990 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ 2991 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ 2992 #endif 2993 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ 2994 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2995 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ 2996 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ 2997 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ 2998 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ 2999 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ 3000 #endif 3001 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3002 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ 3003 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ 3004 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ 3005 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ 3006 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ 3007 #endif 3008 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ 3009 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3010 int need_showbreak = FALSE; 3011 #endif 3012 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ 3013 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3014 # define LINE_ATTR 3015 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ 3016 #endif 3017 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3018 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 3019 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 3020 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 3021 has been processed or not */ 3022 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 3023 in progress */ 3024 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol 3025 equals startcol of search_hl or one 3026 of the matches */ 3027 #endif 3028 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 3029 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 3030 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ 3031 #endif 3032 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 3033 int did_line_attr = 0; 3034 #endif 3035 3036 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ 3037 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ 3038 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3039 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ 3040 #else 3041 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START 3042 #endif 3043 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3044 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ 3045 #else 3046 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE 3047 #endif 3048 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3049 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ 3050 #else 3051 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ 3052 #endif 3053 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ 3054 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3055 # define WL_BRI WL_NR + 1 /* 'breakindent' */ 3056 #else 3057 # define WL_BRI WL_NR 3058 #endif 3059 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3060 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ 3061 #else 3062 # define WL_SBR WL_BRI 3063 #endif 3064 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ 3065 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ 3066 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 3067 int feedback_col = 0; 3068 int feedback_old_attr = -1; 3069 #endif 3070 3071 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3072 int syntax_flags = 0; 3073 int syntax_seqnr = 0; 3074 int prev_syntax_id = 0; 3075 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); 3076 int is_concealing = FALSE; 3077 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force 3078 wrapping */ 3079 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ 3080 int did_wcol = FALSE; 3081 int match_conc = 0; /* cchar for match functions */ 3082 int has_match_conc = 0; /* match wants to conceal */ 3083 int old_boguscols = 0; 3084 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) 3085 # define FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS \ 3086 { \ 3087 n_extra += vcol_off; \ 3088 vcol -= vcol_off; \ 3089 vcol_off = 0; \ 3090 col -= boguscols; \ 3091 old_boguscols = boguscols; \ 3092 boguscols = 0; \ 3093 } 3094 #else 3095 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) 3096 #endif 3097 3098 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ 3099 return startrow; 3100 3101 row = startrow; 3102 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); 3103 3104 /* 3105 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, 3106 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. 3107 */ 3108 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3109 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; 3110 #else 3111 extra_check = 0; 3112 #endif 3113 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3114 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) 3115 { 3116 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an 3117 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ 3118 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 3119 did_emsg = FALSE; 3120 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3121 if (did_emsg) 3122 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 3123 else 3124 { 3125 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 3126 has_syntax = TRUE; 3127 extra_check = TRUE; 3128 } 3129 } 3130 3131 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ 3132 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; 3133 if (color_cols != NULL) 3134 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 3135 #endif 3136 3137 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3138 if (wp->w_p_spell 3139 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL 3140 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 3141 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) 3142 { 3143 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ 3144 has_spell = TRUE; 3145 extra_check = TRUE; 3146 3147 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next 3148 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". 3149 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ 3150 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; 3151 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 3152 { 3153 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); 3154 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); 3155 } 3156 3157 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current 3158 * line is valid. */ 3159 if (lnum == checked_lnum) 3160 cur_checked_col = checked_col; 3161 checked_lnum = 0; 3162 3163 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a 3164 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check 3165 * the first word. */ 3166 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) 3167 cap_col = -1; 3168 if (lnum == 1) 3169 cap_col = 0; 3170 capcol_lnum = 0; 3171 } 3172 #endif 3173 3174 /* 3175 * handle visual active in this window 3176 */ 3177 fromcol = -10; 3178 tocol = MAXCOL; 3179 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) 3180 { 3181 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ 3182 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) 3183 { 3184 top = &curwin->w_cursor; 3185 bot = &VIsual; 3186 } 3187 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ 3188 { 3189 top = &VIsual; 3190 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; 3191 } 3192 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); 3193 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ 3194 { 3195 if (lnum_in_visual_area) 3196 { 3197 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; 3198 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; 3199 } 3200 } 3201 else /* non-block mode */ 3202 { 3203 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) 3204 fromcol = 0; 3205 else if (lnum == top->lnum) 3206 { 3207 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ 3208 fromcol = 0; 3209 else 3210 { 3211 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3212 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) 3213 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3214 } 3215 } 3216 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) 3217 { 3218 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 3219 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3220 && bot->coladd == 0 3221 #endif 3222 ) 3223 { 3224 fromcol = -10; 3225 tocol = MAXCOL; 3226 } 3227 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) 3228 tocol = MAXCOL; 3229 else 3230 { 3231 pos = *bot; 3232 if (*p_sel == 'e') 3233 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3234 else 3235 { 3236 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); 3237 ++tocol; 3238 } 3239 } 3240 } 3241 } 3242 3243 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ 3244 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin 3245 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 3246 && !gui.in_use 3247 #endif 3248 ) 3249 noinvcur = TRUE; 3250 3251 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ 3252 if (fromcol >= 0) 3253 { 3254 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3255 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); 3256 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) 3257 if ((clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned 3258 && clip_isautosel_star()) 3259 || (clip_plus.available && !clip_plus.owned 3260 && clip_isautosel_plus())) 3261 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); 3262 #endif 3263 } 3264 } 3265 3266 /* 3267 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting 3268 */ 3269 else if (highlight_match 3270 && wp == curwin 3271 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum 3272 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3273 { 3274 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 3275 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), 3276 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); 3277 else 3278 fromcol = 0; 3279 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) 3280 { 3281 pos.lnum = lnum; 3282 pos.col = search_match_endcol; 3283 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); 3284 } 3285 else 3286 tocol = MAXCOL; 3287 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ 3288 if (fromcol == tocol) 3289 tocol = fromcol + 1; 3290 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3291 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); 3292 } 3293 3294 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3295 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); 3296 if (filler_lines < 0) 3297 { 3298 if (filler_lines == -1) 3299 { 3300 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) 3301 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3302 else if (change_start == 0) 3303 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 3304 else 3305 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 3306 } 3307 else 3308 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ 3309 filler_lines = 0; 3310 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3311 } 3312 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) 3313 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; 3314 filler_todo = filler_lines; 3315 #endif 3316 3317 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 3318 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3319 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ 3320 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); 3321 if (v != 0) 3322 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); 3323 # endif 3324 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 3325 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ 3326 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) 3327 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 3328 # endif 3329 if (line_attr != 0) 3330 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3331 #endif 3332 3333 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3334 ptr = line; 3335 3336 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3337 if (has_spell) 3338 { 3339 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ 3340 if (cap_col == 0) 3341 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); 3342 3343 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the 3344 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was 3345 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ 3346 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) 3347 { 3348 /* No next line or it is empty. */ 3349 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; 3350 nextline_idx = 0; 3351 } 3352 else 3353 { 3354 v = (long)STRLEN(line); 3355 if (v < SPWORDLEN) 3356 { 3357 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the 3358 * next line. */ 3359 nextlinecol = 0; 3360 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); 3361 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); 3362 nextline_idx = v + 1; 3363 } 3364 else 3365 { 3366 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ 3367 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; 3368 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); 3369 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; 3370 } 3371 } 3372 } 3373 #endif 3374 3375 if (wp->w_p_list) 3376 { 3377 if (lcs_space || lcs_trail) 3378 extra_check = TRUE; 3379 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ 3380 if (lcs_trail) 3381 { 3382 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); 3383 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) 3384 --trailcol; 3385 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); 3386 } 3387 } 3388 3389 /* 3390 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the 3391 * first character to be displayed. 3392 */ 3393 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3394 v = wp->w_skipcol; 3395 else 3396 v = wp->w_leftcol; 3397 if (v > 0) 3398 { 3399 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3400 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; 3401 #endif 3402 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) 3403 { 3404 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); 3405 vcol += c; 3406 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3407 prev_ptr = ptr; 3408 #endif 3409 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); 3410 } 3411 3412 /* When: 3413 * - 'cuc' is set, or 3414 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or 3415 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or 3416 * - the visual mode is active, 3417 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. 3418 */ 3419 if (vcol < v && ( 3420 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3421 wp->w_p_cuc || draw_color_col || 3422 #endif 3423 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 3424 virtual_active() || 3425 #endif 3426 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer))) 3427 { 3428 vcol = v; 3429 } 3430 3431 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at 3432 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ 3433 if (vcol > v) 3434 { 3435 vcol -= c; 3436 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3437 ptr = prev_ptr; 3438 #else 3439 --ptr; 3440 #endif 3441 n_skip = v - vcol; 3442 } 3443 3444 /* 3445 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, 3446 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. 3447 */ 3448 if (tocol <= vcol) 3449 fromcol = 0; 3450 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) 3451 fromcol = vcol; 3452 3453 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3454 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ 3455 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 3456 need_showbreak = TRUE; 3457 #endif 3458 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3459 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the 3460 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ 3461 if (has_spell) 3462 { 3463 int len; 3464 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); 3465 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3466 3467 pos = wp->w_cursor; 3468 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 3469 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; 3470 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); 3471 3472 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ 3473 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3474 ptr = line + linecol; 3475 3476 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) 3477 { 3478 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a 3479 * word */ 3480 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 3481 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) - line + 1); 3482 } 3483 else 3484 { 3485 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ 3486 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; 3487 3488 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 3489 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 3490 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 3491 } 3492 wp->w_cursor = pos; 3493 3494 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3495 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ 3496 if (has_syntax) 3497 syntax_start(wp, lnum); 3498 # endif 3499 } 3500 #endif 3501 } 3502 3503 /* 3504 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. 3505 * Avoids having to check this for each character. 3506 */ 3507 if (fromcol >= 0) 3508 { 3509 if (noinvcur) 3510 { 3511 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) 3512 { 3513 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the 3514 * cursor */ 3515 fromcol_prev = fromcol; 3516 fromcol = -1; 3517 } 3518 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) 3519 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ 3520 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; 3521 } 3522 if (fromcol >= tocol) 3523 fromcol = -1; 3524 } 3525 3526 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3527 /* 3528 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. 3529 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. 3530 */ 3531 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3532 shl_flag = FALSE; 3533 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3534 { 3535 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 3536 { 3537 shl = &search_hl; 3538 shl_flag = TRUE; 3539 } 3540 else 3541 shl = &cur->hl; 3542 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; 3543 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3544 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3545 shl->is_addpos = FALSE; 3546 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3547 if (cur != NULL) 3548 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3549 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3550 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3551 3552 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it 3553 * invalid. */ 3554 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3555 ptr = line + v; 3556 3557 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) 3558 { 3559 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3560 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3561 else 3562 shl->startcol = 0; 3563 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 3564 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) 3565 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3566 else 3567 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 3568 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ 3569 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 3570 { 3571 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3572 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) 3573 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); 3574 else 3575 #endif 3576 ++shl->endcol; 3577 } 3578 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ 3579 { 3580 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3581 search_attr = shl->attr; 3582 } 3583 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3584 } 3585 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 3586 cur = cur->next; 3587 } 3588 #endif 3589 3590 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3591 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline' in the current window. Not 3592 * when Visual mode is active, because it's not clear what is selected 3593 * then. */ 3594 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 3595 && !(wp == curwin && VIsual_active)) 3596 { 3597 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); 3598 area_highlighting = TRUE; 3599 } 3600 #endif 3601 3602 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 3603 col = 0; 3604 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3605 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3606 { 3607 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put 3608 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the 3609 * rightmost column of the window. */ 3610 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; 3611 off += col; 3612 } 3613 #endif 3614 3615 /* 3616 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. 3617 */ 3618 for (;;) 3619 { 3620 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3621 has_match_conc = 0; 3622 #endif 3623 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ 3624 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) 3625 { 3626 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 3627 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3628 { 3629 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; 3630 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) 3631 { 3632 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ 3633 n_extra = 1; 3634 c_extra = cmdwin_type; 3635 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3636 } 3637 } 3638 #endif 3639 3640 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 3641 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3642 { 3643 int fdc = compute_foldcolumn(wp, 0); 3644 3645 draw_state = WL_FOLD; 3646 if (fdc > 0) 3647 { 3648 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ 3649 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); 3650 n_extra = fdc; 3651 p_extra = extra; 3652 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; 3653 c_extra = NUL; 3654 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); 3655 } 3656 } 3657 #endif 3658 3659 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 3660 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3661 { 3662 draw_state = WL_SIGN; 3663 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this 3664 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ 3665 if (signcolumn_on(wp)) 3666 { 3667 int text_sign; 3668 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3669 int icon_sign; 3670 # endif 3671 3672 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ 3673 c_extra = ' '; 3674 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); 3675 n_extra = 2; 3676 3677 if (row == startrow 3678 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3679 + filler_lines && filler_todo <= 0 3680 #endif 3681 ) 3682 { 3683 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3684 SIGN_TEXT); 3685 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS 3686 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, 3687 SIGN_ICON); 3688 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) 3689 { 3690 /* Use the image in this position. */ 3691 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; 3692 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 3693 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) 3694 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; 3695 # endif 3696 char_attr = icon_sign; 3697 } 3698 else 3699 # endif 3700 if (text_sign != 0) 3701 { 3702 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); 3703 if (p_extra != NULL) 3704 { 3705 c_extra = NUL; 3706 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 3707 } 3708 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); 3709 } 3710 } 3711 } 3712 } 3713 #endif 3714 3715 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3716 { 3717 draw_state = WL_NR; 3718 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the 3719 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ 3720 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) 3721 && (row == startrow 3722 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3723 + filler_lines 3724 #endif 3725 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) 3726 { 3727 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ 3728 if (row == startrow 3729 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3730 + filler_lines 3731 #endif 3732 ) 3733 { 3734 long num; 3735 char *fmt = "%*ld "; 3736 3737 if (wp->w_p_nu && !wp->w_p_rnu) 3738 /* 'number' + 'norelativenumber' */ 3739 num = (long)lnum; 3740 else 3741 { 3742 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ 3743 num = labs((long)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); 3744 if (num == 0 && wp->w_p_nu && wp->w_p_rnu) 3745 { 3746 /* 'number' + 'relativenumber' */ 3747 num = lnum; 3748 fmt = "%-*ld "; 3749 } 3750 } 3751 3752 sprintf((char *)extra, fmt, 3753 number_width(wp), num); 3754 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) 3755 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) 3756 *p_extra = '-'; 3757 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3758 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ 3759 rl_mirror(extra); 3760 #endif 3761 p_extra = extra; 3762 c_extra = NUL; 3763 } 3764 else 3765 c_extra = ' '; 3766 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; 3767 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); 3768 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3769 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of 3770 * the current line differently. 3771 * TODO: Can we use CursorLine instead of CursorLineNr 3772 * when CursorLineNr isn't set? */ 3773 if ((wp->w_p_cul || wp->w_p_rnu) 3774 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3775 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CLN); 3776 #endif 3777 } 3778 } 3779 3780 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3781 if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 3782 && n_extra == 0 && *p_sbr != NUL) 3783 /* draw indent after showbreak value */ 3784 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3785 else if (wp->w_p_brisbr && draw_state == WL_SBR && n_extra == 0) 3786 /* After the showbreak, draw the breakindent */ 3787 draw_state = WL_BRI - 1; 3788 3789 /* draw 'breakindent': indent wrapped text accordingly */ 3790 if (draw_state == WL_BRI - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3791 { 3792 draw_state = WL_BRI; 3793 if (wp->w_p_bri && n_extra == 0 && row != startrow 3794 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3795 && filler_lines == 0 3796 # endif 3797 ) 3798 { 3799 char_attr = 0; /* was: hl_attr(HLF_AT); */ 3800 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3801 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 3802 { 3803 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 3804 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3805 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3806 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3807 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 3808 # endif 3809 } 3810 # endif 3811 p_extra = NULL; 3812 c_extra = ' '; 3813 n_extra = get_breakindent_win(wp, 3814 ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE)); 3815 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'breakindent', 3816 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3817 if (tocol == vcol) 3818 tocol += n_extra; 3819 } 3820 } 3821 #endif 3822 3823 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) 3824 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3825 { 3826 draw_state = WL_SBR; 3827 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3828 if (filler_todo > 0) 3829 { 3830 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ 3831 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) 3832 c_extra = '-'; 3833 else 3834 c_extra = fill_diff; 3835 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 3836 if (wp->w_p_rl) 3837 n_extra = col + 1; 3838 else 3839 # endif 3840 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 3841 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); 3842 } 3843 # endif 3844 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 3845 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) 3846 { 3847 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ 3848 p_extra = p_sbr; 3849 c_extra = NUL; 3850 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); 3851 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 3852 need_showbreak = FALSE; 3853 vcol_sbr = vcol + MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 3854 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', 3855 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ 3856 if (tocol == vcol) 3857 tocol += n_extra; 3858 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3859 /* combine 'showbreak' with 'cursorline' */ 3860 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 3861 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 3862 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 3863 #endif 3864 } 3865 # endif 3866 } 3867 #endif 3868 3869 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) 3870 { 3871 draw_state = WL_LINE; 3872 if (saved_n_extra) 3873 { 3874 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ 3875 n_extra = saved_n_extra; 3876 c_extra = saved_c_extra; 3877 p_extra = saved_p_extra; 3878 char_attr = saved_char_attr; 3879 } 3880 else 3881 char_attr = 0; 3882 } 3883 } 3884 3885 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ 3886 if (dollar_vcol >= 0 && wp == curwin 3887 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol 3888 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 3889 && filler_todo <= 0 3890 #endif 3891 ) 3892 { 3893 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), 3894 wp->w_p_rl); 3895 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when 3896 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ 3897 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 3898 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 3899 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; 3900 else 3901 #endif 3902 row = wp->w_height; 3903 break; 3904 } 3905 3906 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) 3907 { 3908 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ 3909 if (vcol == fromcol 3910 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3911 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 3912 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) 3913 #endif 3914 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev 3915 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ 3916 && vcol < tocol)) 3917 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ 3918 else if (area_attr != 0 3919 && (vcol == tocol 3920 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 3921 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ 3922 3923 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 3924 if (!n_extra) 3925 { 3926 /* 3927 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. 3928 * After end, check for start/end of next match. 3929 * When another match, have to check for start again. 3930 * Watch out for matching an empty string! 3931 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by 3932 * priority). 3933 */ 3934 v = (long)(ptr - line); 3935 cur = wp->w_match_head; 3936 shl_flag = FALSE; 3937 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 3938 { 3939 if (shl_flag == FALSE 3940 && ((cur != NULL 3941 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 3942 || cur == NULL)) 3943 { 3944 shl = &search_hl; 3945 shl_flag = TRUE; 3946 } 3947 else 3948 shl = &cur->hl; 3949 if (cur != NULL) 3950 cur->pos.cur = 0; 3951 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 3952 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 3953 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress)) 3954 { 3955 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL 3956 && v >= (long)shl->startcol 3957 && v < (long)shl->endcol) 3958 { 3959 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3960 int tmp_col = v + MB_PTR2LEN(ptr); 3961 3962 if (shl->endcol < tmp_col) 3963 shl->endcol = tmp_col; 3964 #endif 3965 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; 3966 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3967 if (cur != NULL && syn_name2id((char_u *)"Conceal") 3968 == cur->hlg_id) 3969 { 3970 has_match_conc = 3971 v == (long)shl->startcol ? 2 : 1; 3972 match_conc = cur->conceal_char; 3973 } 3974 else 3975 has_match_conc = match_conc = 0; 3976 #endif 3977 } 3978 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) 3979 { 3980 shl->attr_cur = 0; 3981 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 3982 prev_syntax_id = 0; 3983 #endif 3984 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v, 3985 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 3986 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 3987 ? FALSE : TRUE; 3988 3989 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp 3990 * may have made it invalid. */ 3991 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 3992 ptr = line + v; 3993 3994 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 3995 { 3996 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 3997 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) 3998 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 3999 else 4000 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; 4001 4002 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) 4003 { 4004 /* highlight empty match, try again after 4005 * it */ 4006 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4007 if (has_mbyte) 4008 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line 4009 + shl->endcol); 4010 else 4011 #endif 4012 ++shl->endcol; 4013 } 4014 4015 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the 4016 * current position */ 4017 continue; 4018 } 4019 } 4020 break; 4021 } 4022 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4023 cur = cur->next; 4024 } 4025 4026 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 4027 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 4028 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; 4029 cur = wp->w_match_head; 4030 shl_flag = FALSE; 4031 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 4032 { 4033 if (shl_flag == FALSE 4034 && ((cur != NULL 4035 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 4036 || cur == NULL)) 4037 { 4038 shl = &search_hl; 4039 shl_flag = TRUE; 4040 } 4041 else 4042 shl = &cur->hl; 4043 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) 4044 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; 4045 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 4046 cur = cur->next; 4047 } 4048 } 4049 #endif 4050 4051 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4052 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) 4053 { 4054 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start 4055 && n_extra == 0) 4056 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ 4057 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end 4058 && n_extra == 0) 4059 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ 4060 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4061 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4062 line_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 4063 } 4064 #endif 4065 4066 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ 4067 attr_pri = TRUE; 4068 #ifdef LINE_ATTR 4069 if (area_attr != 0) 4070 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, area_attr); 4071 else if (search_attr != 0) 4072 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(line_attr, search_attr); 4073 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area 4074 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ 4075 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) 4076 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev 4077 || vcol >= tocol)) 4078 char_attr = line_attr; 4079 #else 4080 if (area_attr != 0) 4081 char_attr = area_attr; 4082 else if (search_attr != 0) 4083 char_attr = search_attr; 4084 #endif 4085 else 4086 { 4087 attr_pri = FALSE; 4088 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4089 if (has_syntax) 4090 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4091 else 4092 #endif 4093 char_attr = 0; 4094 } 4095 } 4096 4097 /* 4098 * Get the next character to put on the screen. 4099 */ 4100 /* 4101 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to 4102 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other 4103 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. 4104 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past 4105 * "p_extra[n_extra]". 4106 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". 4107 */ 4108 if (n_extra > 0) 4109 { 4110 if (c_extra != NUL) 4111 { 4112 c = c_extra; 4113 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4114 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ 4115 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4116 { 4117 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4118 u8cc[0] = 0; 4119 c = 0xc0; 4120 } 4121 else 4122 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4123 #endif 4124 } 4125 else 4126 { 4127 c = *p_extra; 4128 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4129 if (has_mbyte) 4130 { 4131 mb_c = c; 4132 if (enc_utf8) 4133 { 4134 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: 4135 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ 4136 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); 4137 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4138 if (mb_l > n_extra) 4139 mb_l = 1; 4140 else if (mb_l > 1) 4141 { 4142 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); 4143 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4144 c = 0xc0; 4145 } 4146 } 4147 else 4148 { 4149 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ 4150 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4151 if (mb_l >= n_extra) 4152 mb_l = 1; 4153 else if (mb_l > 1) 4154 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; 4155 } 4156 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4157 mb_l = 1; 4158 4159 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4160 * last column. */ 4161 if (( 4162 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4163 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4164 # endif 4165 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4166 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4167 { 4168 c = '>'; 4169 mb_c = c; 4170 mb_l = 1; 4171 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4172 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4173 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width 4174 * character at the start of the next line. */ 4175 ++n_extra; 4176 --p_extra; 4177 } 4178 else 4179 { 4180 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; 4181 p_extra += mb_l - 1; 4182 } 4183 } 4184 #endif 4185 ++p_extra; 4186 } 4187 --n_extra; 4188 } 4189 else 4190 { 4191 if (p_extra_free != NULL) 4192 { 4193 vim_free(p_extra_free); 4194 p_extra_free = NULL; 4195 } 4196 /* 4197 * Get a character from the line itself. 4198 */ 4199 c = *ptr; 4200 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4201 if (has_mbyte) 4202 { 4203 mb_c = c; 4204 if (enc_utf8) 4205 { 4206 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it 4207 * into "mb_c". */ 4208 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 4209 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4210 if (mb_l > 1) 4211 { 4212 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 4213 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char 4214 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ 4215 if (mb_c < 0x80) 4216 c = mb_c; 4217 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4218 4219 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. 4220 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ 4221 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) 4222 { 4223 int i; 4224 4225 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) 4226 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; 4227 u8cc[0] = mb_c; 4228 mb_c = ' '; 4229 } 4230 } 4231 4232 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) 4233 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) 4234 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) 4235 # ifdef UNICODE16 4236 || mb_c >= 0x10000 4237 # endif 4238 ))) 4239 { 4240 /* 4241 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. 4242 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. 4243 */ 4244 # ifdef UNICODE16 4245 if (mb_c < 0x10000) 4246 # endif 4247 { 4248 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); 4249 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4250 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ 4251 rl_mirror(extra); 4252 # endif 4253 } 4254 # ifdef UNICODE16 4255 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) 4256 STRCPY(extra, "?"); 4257 else 4258 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ 4259 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); 4260 # endif 4261 4262 p_extra = extra; 4263 c = *p_extra; 4264 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); 4265 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); 4266 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); 4267 c_extra = NUL; 4268 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4269 { 4270 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4271 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4272 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4273 } 4274 } 4275 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4276 mb_l = 1; 4277 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 4278 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) 4279 { 4280 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 4281 int pc, pc1, nc; 4282 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 4283 4284 /* The idea of what is the previous and next 4285 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ 4286 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4287 { 4288 pc = prev_c; 4289 pc1 = prev_c1; 4290 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); 4291 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; 4292 } 4293 else 4294 { 4295 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); 4296 nc = prev_c; 4297 pc1 = pcc[0]; 4298 } 4299 prev_c = mb_c; 4300 4301 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); 4302 } 4303 else 4304 prev_c = mb_c; 4305 #endif 4306 } 4307 else /* enc_dbcs */ 4308 { 4309 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); 4310 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ 4311 mb_l = 1; 4312 else if (mb_l > 1) 4313 { 4314 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. 4315 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! 4316 */ 4317 if (ptr[1] >= 32) 4318 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; 4319 else 4320 { 4321 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 4322 { 4323 /* head byte at end of line */ 4324 mb_l = 1; 4325 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); 4326 } 4327 else 4328 { 4329 /* illegal tail byte */ 4330 mb_l = 2; 4331 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); 4332 } 4333 p_extra = extra; 4334 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; 4335 c_extra = NUL; 4336 c = *p_extra++; 4337 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4338 { 4339 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4340 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4341 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4342 } 4343 mb_c = c; 4344 } 4345 } 4346 } 4347 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the 4348 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the 4349 * next line. */ 4350 if (( 4351 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4352 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : 4353 # endif 4354 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) 4355 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) 4356 { 4357 c = '>'; 4358 mb_c = c; 4359 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4360 mb_l = 1; 4361 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4362 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be 4363 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ 4364 --ptr; 4365 } 4366 else if (*ptr != NUL) 4367 ptr += mb_l - 1; 4368 4369 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display 4370 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable 4371 * characters. */ 4372 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) 4373 { 4374 n_extra = 1; 4375 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 4376 c = ' '; 4377 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4378 { 4379 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4380 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4381 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4382 } 4383 mb_c = c; 4384 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4385 mb_l = 1; 4386 } 4387 4388 } 4389 #endif 4390 ++ptr; 4391 4392 if (extra_check) 4393 { 4394 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4395 int can_spell = TRUE; 4396 #endif 4397 4398 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4399 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line 4400 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ 4401 v = (long)(ptr - line); 4402 if (has_syntax && v > 0) 4403 { 4404 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there 4405 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ 4406 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; 4407 did_emsg = FALSE; 4408 4409 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, 4410 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4411 has_spell ? &can_spell : 4412 # endif 4413 NULL, FALSE); 4414 4415 if (did_emsg) 4416 { 4417 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; 4418 has_syntax = FALSE; 4419 } 4420 else 4421 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; 4422 4423 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may 4424 * have made it invalid. */ 4425 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); 4426 ptr = line + v; 4427 4428 if (!attr_pri) 4429 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4430 else 4431 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); 4432 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4433 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes 4434 * with line highlighting */ 4435 if (c == NUL) 4436 syntax_flags = 0; 4437 else 4438 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); 4439 # endif 4440 } 4441 #endif 4442 4443 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4444 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). 4445 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the 4446 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item 4447 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ 4448 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) 4449 { 4450 spell_attr = 0; 4451 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4452 if (!attr_pri) 4453 char_attr = syntax_attr; 4454 # endif 4455 if (c != 0 && ( 4456 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 4457 !has_syntax || 4458 # endif 4459 can_spell)) 4460 { 4461 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; 4462 int len; 4463 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4464 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4465 if (has_mbyte) 4466 { 4467 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; 4468 v -= mb_l - 1; 4469 } 4470 else 4471 # endif 4472 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; 4473 4474 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the 4475 * next line concatenated. */ 4476 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) 4477 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; 4478 else 4479 p = prev_ptr; 4480 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4481 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, 4482 nochange); 4483 word_end = v + len; 4484 4485 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that 4486 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ 4487 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT 4488 && (State & INSERT) != 0 4489 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum 4490 && wp->w_cursor.col >= 4491 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) 4492 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) 4493 { 4494 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; 4495 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; 4496 } 4497 4498 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr 4499 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) 4500 { 4501 /* Remember that the good word continues at the 4502 * start of the next line. */ 4503 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; 4504 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); 4505 } 4506 4507 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ 4508 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) 4509 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; 4510 4511 if (cap_col > 0) 4512 { 4513 if (p != prev_ptr 4514 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) 4515 { 4516 /* Remember that the word in the next line 4517 * must start with a capital. */ 4518 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 4519 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col 4520 - nextline_idx); 4521 } 4522 else 4523 /* Compute the actual column. */ 4524 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); 4525 } 4526 } 4527 } 4528 if (spell_attr != 0) 4529 { 4530 if (!attr_pri) 4531 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); 4532 else 4533 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); 4534 } 4535 #endif 4536 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4537 /* 4538 * Found last space before word: check for line break. 4539 */ 4540 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr)) 4541 { 4542 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4543 int mb_off = has_mbyte ? (*mb_head_off)(line, ptr - 1) : 0; 4544 # endif 4545 char_u *p = ptr - ( 4546 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4547 mb_off + 4548 # endif 4549 1); 4550 4551 /* TODO: is passing p for start of the line OK? */ 4552 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, line, p, (colnr_T)vcol, 4553 NULL) - 1; 4554 if (c == TAB && n_extra + col > W_WIDTH(wp)) 4555 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4556 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4557 4558 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4559 c_extra = mb_off > 0 ? MB_FILLER_CHAR : ' '; 4560 # else 4561 c_extra = ' '; 4562 # endif 4563 if (vim_iswhite(c)) 4564 { 4565 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4566 if (c == TAB) 4567 /* See "Tab alignment" below. */ 4568 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4569 #endif 4570 if (!wp->w_p_list) 4571 c = ' '; 4572 } 4573 } 4574 #endif 4575 4576 /* 'list': change char 160 to lcs_nbsp and space to lcs_space. 4577 */ 4578 if (wp->w_p_list 4579 && (((c == 160 4580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4581 || (mb_utf8 && (mb_c == 160 || mb_c == 0x202f)) 4582 #endif 4583 ) && lcs_nbsp) 4584 || (c == ' ' && lcs_space && ptr - line <= trailcol))) 4585 { 4586 c = (c == ' ') ? lcs_space : lcs_nbsp; 4587 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) 4588 { 4589 n_attr = 1; 4590 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4591 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4592 } 4593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4594 mb_c = c; 4595 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4596 { 4597 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4598 u8cc[0] = 0; 4599 c = 0xc0; 4600 } 4601 else 4602 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4603 #endif 4604 } 4605 4606 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') 4607 { 4608 c = lcs_trail; 4609 if (!attr_pri) 4610 { 4611 n_attr = 1; 4612 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4613 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4614 } 4615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4616 mb_c = c; 4617 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4618 { 4619 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4620 u8cc[0] = 0; 4621 c = 0xc0; 4622 } 4623 else 4624 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 4625 #endif 4626 } 4627 } 4628 4629 /* 4630 * Handling of non-printable characters. 4631 */ 4632 if (!vim_isprintc(c)) 4633 { 4634 /* 4635 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to 4636 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it 4637 * into "ScreenLines". 4638 */ 4639 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) 4640 { 4641 int tab_len = 0; 4642 long vcol_adjusted = vcol; /* removed showbreak length */ 4643 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4644 /* only adjust the tab_len, when at the first column 4645 * after the showbreak value was drawn */ 4646 if (*p_sbr != NUL && vcol == vcol_sbr && wp->w_p_wrap) 4647 vcol_adjusted = vcol - MB_CHARLEN(p_sbr); 4648 #endif 4649 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4650 tab_len = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts 4651 - vcol_adjusted % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; 4652 4653 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4654 if (!wp->w_p_lbr || !wp->w_p_list) 4655 #endif 4656 /* tab amount depends on current column */ 4657 n_extra = tab_len; 4658 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4659 else 4660 { 4661 char_u *p; 4662 int len = n_extra; 4663 int i; 4664 int saved_nextra = n_extra; 4665 4666 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4667 if (vcol_off > 0) 4668 /* there are characters to conceal */ 4669 tab_len += vcol_off; 4670 /* boguscols before FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS macro from above 4671 */ 4672 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 && old_boguscols > 0 4673 && n_extra > tab_len) 4674 tab_len += n_extra - tab_len; 4675 #endif 4676 4677 /* if n_extra > 0, it gives the number of chars, to 4678 * use for a tab, else we need to calculate the width 4679 * for a tab */ 4680 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4681 len = (tab_len * mb_char2len(lcs_tab2)); 4682 if (n_extra > 0) 4683 len += n_extra - tab_len; 4684 #endif 4685 c = lcs_tab1; 4686 p = alloc((unsigned)(len + 1)); 4687 vim_memset(p, ' ', len); 4688 p[len] = NUL; 4689 p_extra_free = p; 4690 for (i = 0; i < tab_len; i++) 4691 { 4692 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4693 mb_char2bytes(lcs_tab2, p); 4694 p += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2); 4695 n_extra += mb_char2len(lcs_tab2) 4696 - (saved_nextra > 0 ? 1 : 0); 4697 #else 4698 p[i] = lcs_tab2; 4699 #endif 4700 } 4701 p_extra = p_extra_free; 4702 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4703 /* n_extra will be increased by FIX_FOX_BOGUSCOLS 4704 * macro below, so need to adjust for that here */ 4705 if (vcol_off > 0) 4706 n_extra -= vcol_off; 4707 #endif 4708 } 4709 #endif 4710 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4711 { 4712 int vc_saved = vcol_off; 4713 4714 /* Tab alignment should be identical regardless of 4715 * 'conceallevel' value. So tab compensates of all 4716 * previous concealed characters, and thus resets 4717 * vcol_off and boguscols accumulated so far in the 4718 * line. Note that the tab can be longer than 4719 * 'tabstop' when there are concealed characters. */ 4720 FIX_FOR_BOGUSCOLS; 4721 4722 /* Make sure, the highlighting for the tab char will be 4723 * correctly set further below (effectively reverts the 4724 * FIX_FOR_BOGSUCOLS macro */ 4725 if (n_extra == tab_len + vc_saved && wp->w_p_list 4726 && lcs_tab1) 4727 tab_len += vc_saved; 4728 } 4729 #endif 4730 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4731 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4732 #endif 4733 if (wp->w_p_list) 4734 { 4735 c = lcs_tab1; 4736 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4737 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4738 c_extra = NUL; /* using p_extra from above */ 4739 else 4740 #endif 4741 c_extra = lcs_tab2; 4742 n_attr = tab_len + 1; 4743 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4744 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4745 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4746 mb_c = c; 4747 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4748 { 4749 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4750 u8cc[0] = 0; 4751 c = 0xc0; 4752 } 4753 #endif 4754 } 4755 else 4756 { 4757 c_extra = ' '; 4758 c = ' '; 4759 } 4760 } 4761 else if (c == NUL 4762 && (wp->w_p_list 4763 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) 4764 && tocol > vcol 4765 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 4766 && ( 4767 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4768 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4769 # endif 4770 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) 4771 && !(noinvcur 4772 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 4773 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) 4774 && lcs_eol_one > 0) 4775 { 4776 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra 4777 * character if the line break is included. */ 4778 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) 4779 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the 4780 * "$". */ 4781 if ( 4782 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4783 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 4784 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4785 && 4786 # endif 4787 # endif 4788 # ifdef LINE_ATTR 4789 line_attr == 0 4790 # endif 4791 ) 4792 #endif 4793 { 4794 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4795 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend 4796 * beyond end of line. */ 4797 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() 4798 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) 4799 n_extra = 0; 4800 else 4801 #endif 4802 { 4803 p_extra = at_end_str; 4804 n_extra = 1; 4805 c_extra = NUL; 4806 } 4807 } 4808 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) 4809 c = lcs_eol; 4810 else 4811 c = ' '; 4812 lcs_eol_one = -1; 4813 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4814 if (!attr_pri) 4815 { 4816 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 4817 n_attr = 1; 4818 } 4819 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4820 mb_c = c; 4821 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4822 { 4823 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4824 u8cc[0] = 0; 4825 c = 0xc0; 4826 } 4827 else 4828 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4829 #endif 4830 } 4831 else if (c != NUL) 4832 { 4833 p_extra = transchar(c); 4834 if (n_extra == 0) 4835 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4836 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4837 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) 4838 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ 4839 #endif 4840 c_extra = NUL; 4841 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 4842 if (wp->w_p_lbr) 4843 { 4844 char_u *p; 4845 4846 c = *p_extra; 4847 p = alloc((unsigned)n_extra + 1); 4848 vim_memset(p, ' ', n_extra); 4849 STRNCPY(p, p_extra + 1, STRLEN(p_extra) - 1); 4850 p[n_extra] = NUL; 4851 p_extra_free = p_extra = p; 4852 } 4853 else 4854 #endif 4855 { 4856 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; 4857 c = *p_extra++; 4858 } 4859 if (!attr_pri) 4860 { 4861 n_attr = n_extra + 1; 4862 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 4863 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 4864 } 4865 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4866 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4867 #endif 4868 } 4869 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 4870 else if (VIsual_active 4871 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V 4872 || VIsual_mode == 'v') 4873 && virtual_active() 4874 && tocol != MAXCOL 4875 && vcol < tocol 4876 && ( 4877 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4878 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4879 # endif 4880 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4881 { 4882 c = ' '; 4883 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4884 } 4885 #endif 4886 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 4887 else if (( 4888 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4889 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || 4890 # endif 4891 line_attr != 0 4892 ) && ( 4893 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4894 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : 4895 # endif 4896 (col 4897 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4898 - boguscols 4899 # endif 4900 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) 4901 { 4902 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ 4903 c = ' '; 4904 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ 4905 4906 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ 4907 ++did_line_attr; 4908 4909 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ 4910 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) 4911 char_attr = line_attr; 4912 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 4913 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) 4914 { 4915 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; 4916 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) 4917 { 4918 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); 4919 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 4920 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, 4921 hl_attr(HLF_CUL)); 4922 } 4923 } 4924 # endif 4925 } 4926 #endif 4927 } 4928 4929 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 4930 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 4931 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || 4932 conceal_cursor_line(wp) ) 4933 && ( (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 || has_match_conc > 0) 4934 && !(lnum_in_visual_area 4935 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) 4936 { 4937 char_attr = conceal_attr; 4938 if ((prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr || has_match_conc > 1) 4939 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || match_conc 4940 || wp->w_p_cole == 1) 4941 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) 4942 { 4943 /* First time at this concealed item: display one 4944 * character. */ 4945 if (match_conc) 4946 c = match_conc; 4947 else if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) 4948 c = syn_get_sub_char(); 4949 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) 4950 c = lcs_conceal; 4951 else 4952 c = ' '; 4953 4954 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; 4955 4956 if (n_extra > 0) 4957 vcol_off += n_extra; 4958 vcol += n_extra; 4959 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) 4960 { 4961 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 4962 if (wp->w_p_rl) 4963 { 4964 col -= n_extra; 4965 boguscols -= n_extra; 4966 } 4967 else 4968 # endif 4969 { 4970 boguscols += n_extra; 4971 col += n_extra; 4972 } 4973 } 4974 n_extra = 0; 4975 n_attr = 0; 4976 } 4977 else if (n_skip == 0) 4978 { 4979 is_concealing = TRUE; 4980 n_skip = 1; 4981 } 4982 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4983 mb_c = c; 4984 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 4985 { 4986 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 4987 u8cc[0] = 0; 4988 c = 0xc0; 4989 } 4990 else 4991 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 4992 # endif 4993 } 4994 else 4995 { 4996 prev_syntax_id = 0; 4997 is_concealing = FALSE; 4998 } 4999 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5000 } 5001 5002 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5003 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct 5004 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ 5005 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE 5006 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5007 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) 5008 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) 5009 { 5010 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5011 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5012 wp->w_wcol = W_WIDTH(wp) - col + boguscols - 1; 5013 else 5014 # endif 5015 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; 5016 wp->w_wrow = row; 5017 did_wcol = TRUE; 5018 } 5019 #endif 5020 5021 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ 5022 if (n_attr > 0 5023 && draw_state == WL_LINE 5024 && !attr_pri) 5025 char_attr = extra_attr; 5026 5027 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 5028 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send 5029 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use 5030 * im_is_preediting() here. */ 5031 if (xic != NULL 5032 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum 5033 && (State & INSERT) 5034 && !p_imdisable 5035 && im_is_preediting() 5036 && draw_state == WL_LINE) 5037 { 5038 colnr_T tcol; 5039 5040 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) 5041 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); 5042 else 5043 tcol = preedit_end_col; 5044 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) 5045 { 5046 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) 5047 { 5048 feedback_col = 0; 5049 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; 5050 } 5051 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); 5052 if (char_attr < 0) 5053 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5054 feedback_col++; 5055 } 5056 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) 5057 { 5058 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; 5059 feedback_old_attr = -1; 5060 feedback_col = 0; 5061 } 5062 } 5063 #endif 5064 /* 5065 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first 5066 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a 5067 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". 5068 */ 5069 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL 5070 && wp->w_p_list 5071 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) 5072 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5073 && filler_todo <= 0 5074 #endif 5075 && draw_state > WL_NR 5076 && c != NUL) 5077 { 5078 c = lcs_prec; 5079 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; 5080 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5081 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5082 { 5083 /* Double-width character being overwritten by the "precedes" 5084 * character, need to fill up half the character. */ 5085 c_extra = MB_FILLER_CHAR; 5086 n_extra = 1; 5087 n_attr = 2; 5088 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 5089 } 5090 mb_c = c; 5091 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5092 { 5093 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5094 u8cc[0] = 0; 5095 c = 0xc0; 5096 } 5097 else 5098 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ 5099 #endif 5100 if (!attr_pri) 5101 { 5102 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ 5103 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ 5104 n_attr3 = 1; 5105 } 5106 } 5107 5108 /* 5109 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. 5110 */ 5111 if (c == NUL 5112 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5113 || did_line_attr == 1 5114 #endif 5115 ) 5116 { 5117 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5118 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); 5119 5120 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ 5121 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) 5122 ++prevcol; 5123 #endif 5124 5125 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or 5126 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last 5127 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not 5128 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ 5129 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5130 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; 5131 if (!search_hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) 5132 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5133 else 5134 { 5135 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5136 while (cur != NULL) 5137 { 5138 if (!cur->hl.is_addpos && prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) 5139 { 5140 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; 5141 break; 5142 } 5143 cur = cur->next; 5144 } 5145 } 5146 #endif 5147 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one 5148 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol 5149 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V 5150 || lnum == VIsual.lnum 5151 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5152 && c == NUL) 5153 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5154 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ 5155 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE 5156 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) 5157 && did_line_attr <= 1 5158 # endif 5159 ) 5160 #endif 5161 )) 5162 { 5163 int n = 0; 5164 5165 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5166 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5167 { 5168 if (col < 0) 5169 n = 1; 5170 } 5171 else 5172 #endif 5173 { 5174 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) 5175 n = -1; 5176 } 5177 if (n != 0) 5178 { 5179 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character 5180 * instead (better than nothing). */ 5181 off += n; 5182 col += n; 5183 } 5184 else 5185 { 5186 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ 5187 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5189 if (enc_utf8) 5190 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5191 #endif 5192 } 5193 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 5194 if (area_attr == 0) 5195 { 5196 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among 5197 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ 5198 char_attr = search_hl.attr; 5199 cur = wp->w_match_head; 5200 shl_flag = FALSE; 5201 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 5202 { 5203 if (shl_flag == FALSE 5204 && ((cur != NULL 5205 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) 5206 || cur == NULL)) 5207 { 5208 shl = &search_hl; 5209 shl_flag = TRUE; 5210 } 5211 else 5212 shl = &cur->hl; 5213 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol 5214 && (shl == &search_hl || !shl->is_addpos)) 5215 char_attr = shl->attr; 5216 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 5217 cur = cur->next; 5218 } 5219 } 5220 #endif 5221 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5222 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5223 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5224 { 5225 --col; 5226 --off; 5227 } 5228 else 5229 #endif 5230 { 5231 ++col; 5232 ++off; 5233 } 5234 ++vcol; 5235 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5236 eol_hl_off = 1; 5237 #endif 5238 } 5239 } 5240 5241 /* 5242 * At end of the text line. 5243 */ 5244 if (c == NUL) 5245 { 5246 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5247 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5248 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5249 { 5250 /* highlight last char after line */ 5251 --col; 5252 --off; 5253 --vcol; 5254 } 5255 5256 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ 5257 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5258 v = wp->w_skipcol; 5259 else 5260 v = wp->w_leftcol; 5261 5262 /* check if line ends before left margin */ 5263 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) 5264 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); 5265 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5266 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right 5267 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ 5268 col -= boguscols; 5269 boguscols = 0; 5270 #endif 5271 5272 if (draw_color_col) 5273 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5274 5275 if (((wp->w_p_cuc 5276 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off 5277 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < 5278 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v 5279 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5280 || draw_color_col) 5281 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5282 && !wp->w_p_rl 5283 # endif 5284 ) 5285 { 5286 int rightmost_vcol = 0; 5287 int i; 5288 5289 if (wp->w_p_cuc) 5290 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; 5291 if (draw_color_col) 5292 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ 5293 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) 5294 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) 5295 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; 5296 5297 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) 5298 { 5299 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 5300 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5301 if (enc_utf8) 5302 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5303 #endif 5304 ++col; 5305 if (draw_color_col) 5306 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, 5307 &color_cols); 5308 5309 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) 5310 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); 5311 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5312 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); 5313 else 5314 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; 5315 5316 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) 5317 break; 5318 5319 ++vcol; 5320 } 5321 } 5322 #endif 5323 5324 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5325 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5326 row++; 5327 5328 /* 5329 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was 5330 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). 5331 */ 5332 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 5333 { 5334 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; 5335 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; 5336 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 5337 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; 5338 #endif 5339 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); 5340 } 5341 5342 break; 5343 } 5344 5345 /* line continues beyond line end */ 5346 if (lcs_ext 5347 && !wp->w_p_wrap 5348 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5349 && filler_todo <= 0 5350 #endif 5351 && ( 5352 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5353 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : 5354 #endif 5355 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) 5356 && (*ptr != NUL 5357 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) 5358 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) 5359 { 5360 c = lcs_ext; 5361 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); 5362 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5363 mb_c = c; 5364 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) 5365 { 5366 mb_utf8 = TRUE; 5367 u8cc[0] = 0; 5368 c = 0xc0; 5369 } 5370 else 5371 mb_utf8 = FALSE; 5372 #endif 5373 } 5374 5375 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5376 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ 5377 if (draw_color_col) 5378 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); 5379 5380 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't 5381 * highlight the cursor position itself. 5382 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than 5383 * 'cursorcolumn' */ 5384 vcol_save_attr = -1; 5385 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) 5386 { 5387 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol 5388 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) 5389 { 5390 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5391 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); 5392 } 5393 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) 5394 { 5395 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; 5396 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); 5397 } 5398 } 5399 #endif 5400 5401 /* 5402 * Store character to be displayed. 5403 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. 5404 */ 5405 vcol_prev = vcol; 5406 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) 5407 { 5408 /* 5409 * Store the character. 5410 */ 5411 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 5412 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5413 { 5414 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ 5415 --off; 5416 --col; 5417 } 5418 #endif 5419 ScreenLines[off] = c; 5420 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5421 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 5422 { 5423 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) 5424 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; 5425 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5426 } 5427 else if (enc_utf8) 5428 { 5429 if (mb_utf8) 5430 { 5431 int i; 5432 5433 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; 5434 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) 5435 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ 5436 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5437 { 5438 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 5439 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 5440 break; 5441 } 5442 } 5443 else 5444 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 5445 } 5446 if (multi_attr) 5447 { 5448 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; 5449 multi_attr = 0; 5450 } 5451 else 5452 #endif 5453 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; 5454 5455 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5456 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5457 { 5458 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5459 ++off; 5460 ++col; 5461 if (enc_utf8) 5462 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ 5463 ScreenLines[off] = 0; 5464 else 5465 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ 5466 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; 5467 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5468 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5469 && filler_todo <= 0 5470 #endif 5471 ) 5472 ++vcol; 5473 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of 5474 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ 5475 if (tocol == vcol) 5476 ++tocol; 5477 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5478 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5479 { 5480 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ 5481 --off; 5482 --col; 5483 } 5484 #endif 5485 } 5486 #endif 5487 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5488 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5489 { 5490 --off; 5491 --col; 5492 } 5493 else 5494 #endif 5495 { 5496 ++off; 5497 ++col; 5498 } 5499 } 5500 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5501 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) 5502 { 5503 --n_skip; 5504 ++vcol_off; 5505 if (n_extra > 0) 5506 vcol_off += n_extra; 5507 if (wp->w_p_wrap) 5508 { 5509 /* 5510 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. 5511 * 5512 * Advance the column indicator to force the line 5513 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line 5514 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, 5515 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. 5516 * 5517 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing 5518 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line 5519 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number 5520 * of bad columns we have advanced. 5521 */ 5522 if (n_extra > 0) 5523 { 5524 vcol += n_extra; 5525 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5526 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5527 { 5528 col -= n_extra; 5529 boguscols -= n_extra; 5530 } 5531 else 5532 # endif 5533 { 5534 col += n_extra; 5535 boguscols += n_extra; 5536 } 5537 n_extra = 0; 5538 n_attr = 0; 5539 } 5540 5541 5542 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5543 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) 5544 { 5545 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ 5546 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5547 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5548 { 5549 --boguscols; 5550 --col; 5551 } 5552 else 5553 # endif 5554 { 5555 ++boguscols; 5556 ++col; 5557 } 5558 } 5559 # endif 5560 5561 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5562 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5563 { 5564 --boguscols; 5565 --col; 5566 } 5567 else 5568 # endif 5569 { 5570 ++boguscols; 5571 ++col; 5572 } 5573 } 5574 else 5575 { 5576 if (n_extra > 0) 5577 { 5578 vcol += n_extra; 5579 n_extra = 0; 5580 n_attr = 0; 5581 } 5582 } 5583 5584 } 5585 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ 5586 else 5587 --n_skip; 5588 5589 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' 5590 * column. */ 5591 if (draw_state > WL_NR 5592 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5593 && filler_todo <= 0 5594 #endif 5595 ) 5596 ++vcol; 5597 5598 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 5599 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) 5600 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; 5601 #endif 5602 5603 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ 5604 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) 5605 char_attr = saved_attr3; 5606 5607 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ 5608 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) 5609 char_attr = saved_attr2; 5610 5611 /* 5612 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line 5613 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. 5614 */ 5615 if (( 5616 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5617 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : 5618 #endif 5619 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) 5620 && (*ptr != NUL 5621 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5622 || filler_todo > 0 5623 #endif 5624 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) 5625 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) 5626 ) 5627 { 5628 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 5629 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, 5630 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5631 boguscols = 0; 5632 #else 5633 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, 5634 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); 5635 #endif 5636 ++row; 5637 ++screen_row; 5638 5639 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed 5640 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ 5641 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap 5642 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5643 && filler_todo <= 0 5644 #endif 5645 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) 5646 break; 5647 5648 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ 5649 if (draw_state != WL_LINE 5650 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5651 && filler_todo <= 0 5652 #endif 5653 ) 5654 { 5655 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); 5656 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 5657 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); 5658 #endif 5659 row = endrow; 5660 } 5661 5662 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ 5663 if (row == endrow) 5664 { 5665 ++row; 5666 break; 5667 } 5668 5669 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 5670 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5671 && filler_todo <= 0 5672 #endif 5673 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) 5674 { 5675 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ 5676 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; 5677 5678 /* 5679 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with 5680 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of 5681 * the line. This will work with all terminal types 5682 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). 5683 * Only do this on a fast tty. 5684 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line 5685 * (something has been written in it). 5686 * Don't do this for the GUI. 5687 * Don't do this for double-width characters. 5688 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. 5689 */ 5690 if (p_tf 5691 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5692 && !gui.in_use 5693 #endif 5694 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5695 && !(has_mbyte 5696 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], 5697 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5698 == 2 5699 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5700 + (int)Columns - 2, 5701 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) 5702 == 2)) 5703 #endif 5704 ) 5705 { 5706 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, 5707 * then output the same character again to let the 5708 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't 5709 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ 5710 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) 5711 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5712 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, 5713 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); 5714 5715 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5716 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a 5717 * space to keep it simple. */ 5718 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ 5719 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) 5720 out_char(' '); 5721 else 5722 #endif 5723 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] 5724 + (Columns - 1)]); 5725 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ 5726 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; 5727 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5728 } 5729 } 5730 5731 col = 0; 5732 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5733 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5734 if (wp->w_p_rl) 5735 { 5736 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ 5737 off += col; 5738 } 5739 #endif 5740 5741 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ 5742 draw_state = WL_START; 5743 saved_n_extra = n_extra; 5744 saved_p_extra = p_extra; 5745 saved_c_extra = c_extra; 5746 saved_char_attr = char_attr; 5747 n_extra = 0; 5748 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; 5749 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 5750 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5751 if (filler_todo <= 0) 5752 # endif 5753 need_showbreak = TRUE; 5754 #endif 5755 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 5756 --filler_todo; 5757 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the 5758 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ 5759 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) 5760 break; 5761 #endif 5762 } 5763 5764 } /* for every character in the line */ 5765 5766 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5767 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ 5768 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) 5769 { 5770 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; 5771 cap_col = 0; 5772 } 5773 #endif 5774 5775 return row; 5776 } 5777 5778 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5779 static int comp_char_differs(int, int); 5780 5781 /* 5782 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. 5783 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. 5784 */ 5785 static int 5786 comp_char_differs(int off_from, int off_to) 5787 { 5788 int i; 5789 5790 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 5791 { 5792 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) 5793 return TRUE; 5794 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) 5795 break; 5796 } 5797 return FALSE; 5798 } 5799 #endif 5800 5801 /* 5802 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: 5803 * - the (first byte of the) character is different 5804 * - the attributes are different 5805 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different 5806 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. 5807 */ 5808 static int 5809 char_needs_redraw(int off_from, int off_to, int cols) 5810 { 5811 if (cols > 0 5812 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] 5813 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5814 5815 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5816 || (enc_dbcs != 0 5817 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 5818 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e 5819 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] 5820 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5821 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5822 || (enc_utf8 5823 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 5824 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 5825 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) 5826 || ((*mb_off2cells)(off_from, off_from + cols) > 1 5827 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] 5828 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) 5829 #endif 5830 )) 5831 return TRUE; 5832 return FALSE; 5833 } 5834 5835 /* 5836 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that 5837 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. 5838 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. 5839 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. 5840 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line 5841 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. 5842 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: 5843 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" 5844 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" 5845 */ 5846 static void 5847 screen_line( 5848 int row, 5849 int coloff, 5850 int endcol, 5851 int clear_width 5852 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5853 , int rlflag 5854 #endif 5855 ) 5856 { 5857 unsigned off_from; 5858 unsigned off_to; 5859 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5860 unsigned max_off_from; 5861 unsigned max_off_to; 5862 #endif 5863 int col = 0; 5864 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 5865 int hl; 5866 #endif 5867 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ 5868 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ 5869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5870 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ 5871 #endif 5872 ; 5873 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ 5874 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5875 int clear_next = FALSE; 5876 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ 5877 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ 5878 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells 5879 #else 5880 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 5881 #endif 5882 5883 /* Check for illegal row and col, just in case. */ 5884 if (row >= Rows) 5885 row = Rows - 1; 5886 if (endcol > Columns) 5887 endcol = Columns; 5888 5889 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 5890 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); 5891 # endif 5892 5893 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); 5894 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; 5895 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5896 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; 5897 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 5898 #endif 5899 5900 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5901 if (rlflag) 5902 { 5903 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ 5904 if (clear_width > 0) 5905 { 5906 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 5907 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 5908 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5909 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 5910 # endif 5911 ) 5912 { 5913 ++off_to; 5914 ++col; 5915 } 5916 if (col <= endcol) 5917 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, 5918 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); 5919 } 5920 col = endcol + 1; 5921 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; 5922 off_from += col; 5923 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); 5924 } 5925 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ 5926 5927 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); 5928 5929 while (col < endcol) 5930 { 5931 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5932 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) 5933 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); 5934 else 5935 char_cells = 1; 5936 #endif 5937 5938 redraw_this = redraw_next; 5939 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, 5940 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); 5941 5942 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5943 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to 5944 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only 5945 * happens in the GUI. 5946 */ 5947 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) 5948 { 5949 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; 5950 if (hl > HL_ALL) 5951 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 5952 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 5953 redraw_this = TRUE; 5954 } 5955 #endif 5956 5957 if (redraw_this) 5958 { 5959 /* 5960 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): 5961 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the 5962 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The 5963 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the 5964 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must 5965 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted 5966 * character. 5967 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need 5968 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it 5969 * completely. 5970 */ 5971 if ( p_wiv 5972 && !force 5973 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 5974 && !gui.in_use 5975 #endif 5976 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 5977 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) 5978 { 5979 /* 5980 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. 5981 */ 5982 windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5983 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ 5984 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 5985 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ 5986 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ 5987 5988 /* 5989 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop 5990 * highlighting at this character. 5991 */ 5992 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) 5993 { 5994 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; 5995 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); 5996 screen_stop_highlight(); 5997 } 5998 else 5999 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ 6000 } 6001 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6002 if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6003 { 6004 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or 6005 * the other way around requires another character to be 6006 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing 6007 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ 6008 if (char_cells == 1 6009 && col + 1 < endcol 6010 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6011 { 6012 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell 6013 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ 6014 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; 6015 redraw_next = TRUE; 6016 } 6017 else if (char_cells == 2 6018 && col + 2 < endcol 6019 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6020 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) 6021 { 6022 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over 6023 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second 6024 * cell. */ 6025 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; 6026 redraw_next = TRUE; 6027 } 6028 6029 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 6030 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; 6031 } 6032 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width 6033 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out 6034 * the right halve of the old character. 6035 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width 6036 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ 6037 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol 6038 && ((char_cells == 1 6039 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) 6040 || (char_cells == 2 6041 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 6042 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) 6043 clear_next = TRUE; 6044 #endif 6045 6046 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; 6047 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6048 if (enc_utf8) 6049 { 6050 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; 6051 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) 6052 { 6053 int i; 6054 6055 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 6056 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; 6057 } 6058 } 6059 if (char_cells == 2) 6060 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; 6061 #endif 6062 6063 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 6064 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the 6065 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next 6066 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 6067 * and for some xterms. */ 6068 if ( 6069 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 6070 gui.in_use 6071 # endif 6072 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 6073 || 6074 # endif 6075 # ifdef UNIX 6076 term_is_xterm 6077 # endif 6078 ) 6079 { 6080 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6081 if (hl > HL_ALL) 6082 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); 6083 if (hl & HL_BOLD) 6084 redraw_next = TRUE; 6085 } 6086 #endif 6087 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6088 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6089 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a 6090 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ 6091 if (char_cells == 2) 6092 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; 6093 6094 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) 6095 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6096 else 6097 #endif 6098 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6099 } 6100 else if ( p_wiv 6101 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6102 && !gui.in_use 6103 #endif 6104 && col + coloff > 0) 6105 { 6106 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) 6107 { 6108 /* 6109 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will 6110 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. 6111 */ 6112 screen_attr = 0; 6113 } 6114 else if (screen_attr != 0) 6115 screen_stop_highlight(); 6116 } 6117 6118 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; 6119 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; 6120 col += CHAR_CELLS; 6121 } 6122 6123 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6124 if (clear_next) 6125 { 6126 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left 6127 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ 6128 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; 6129 if (enc_utf8) 6130 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6131 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6132 } 6133 #endif 6134 6135 if (clear_width > 0 6136 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 6137 && !rlflag 6138 #endif 6139 ) 6140 { 6141 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6142 int startCol = col; 6143 #endif 6144 6145 /* blank out the rest of the line */ 6146 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' 6147 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 6148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6149 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) 6150 #endif 6151 ) 6152 { 6153 ++off_to; 6154 ++col; 6155 } 6156 if (col < clear_width) 6157 { 6158 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 6159 /* 6160 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels 6161 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold 6162 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous 6163 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we 6164 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. 6165 */ 6166 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) 6167 { 6168 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; 6169 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) 6170 { 6171 int prev_cells = 1; 6172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6173 if (enc_utf8) 6174 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means 6175 * that its width is 2. */ 6176 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; 6177 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 6178 { 6179 /* find previous character by counting from first 6180 * column and get its width. */ 6181 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; 6182 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 6183 6184 while (off < off_to) 6185 { 6186 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); 6187 off += prev_cells; 6188 } 6189 } 6190 6191 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) 6192 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6193 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6194 else 6195 # endif 6196 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, 6197 col + coloff - prev_cells); 6198 } 6199 } 6200 #endif 6201 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, 6202 ' ', ' ', 0); 6203 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6204 off_to += clear_width - col; 6205 col = clear_width; 6206 #endif 6207 } 6208 } 6209 6210 if (clear_width > 0) 6211 { 6212 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6213 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ 6214 if (col + coloff < Columns) 6215 { 6216 int c; 6217 6218 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6219 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != (schar_T)c 6220 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6221 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] 6222 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 6223 # endif 6224 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) 6225 { 6226 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; 6227 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; 6228 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6229 if (enc_utf8) 6230 { 6231 if (c >= 0x80) 6232 { 6233 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; 6234 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; 6235 } 6236 else 6237 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; 6238 } 6239 # endif 6240 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); 6241 } 6242 } 6243 else 6244 #endif 6245 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 6246 } 6247 } 6248 6249 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 6250 /* 6251 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. 6252 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). 6253 */ 6254 void 6255 rl_mirror(char_u *str) 6256 { 6257 char_u *p1, *p2; 6258 int t; 6259 6260 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) 6261 { 6262 t = *p1; 6263 *p1 = *p2; 6264 *p2 = t; 6265 } 6266 } 6267 #endif 6268 6269 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6270 /* 6271 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd 6272 */ 6273 void 6274 status_redraw_all(void) 6275 { 6276 win_T *wp; 6277 6278 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6279 if (wp->w_status_height) 6280 { 6281 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6282 redraw_later(VALID); 6283 } 6284 } 6285 6286 /* 6287 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw 6288 */ 6289 void 6290 status_redraw_curbuf(void) 6291 { 6292 win_T *wp; 6293 6294 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6295 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) 6296 { 6297 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6298 redraw_later(VALID); 6299 } 6300 } 6301 6302 /* 6303 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. 6304 */ 6305 void 6306 redraw_statuslines(void) 6307 { 6308 win_T *wp; 6309 6310 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) 6311 if (wp->w_redr_status) 6312 win_redr_status(wp); 6313 if (redraw_tabline) 6314 draw_tabline(); 6315 } 6316 #endif 6317 6318 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) || defined(PROTO) 6319 /* 6320 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". 6321 */ 6322 void 6323 win_redraw_last_status(frame_T *frp) 6324 { 6325 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) 6326 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6327 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) 6328 { 6329 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) 6330 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6331 } 6332 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ 6333 { 6334 frp = frp->fr_child; 6335 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) 6336 frp = frp->fr_next; 6337 win_redraw_last_status(frp); 6338 } 6339 } 6340 #endif 6341 6342 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6343 /* 6344 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". 6345 */ 6346 static void 6347 draw_vsep_win(win_T *wp, int row) 6348 { 6349 int hl; 6350 int c; 6351 6352 if (wp->w_vsep_width) 6353 { 6354 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ 6355 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); 6356 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 6357 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, 6358 c, ' ', hl); 6359 } 6360 } 6361 #endif 6362 6363 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU 6364 static int status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6365 static int skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s); 6366 6367 /* 6368 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. 6369 */ 6370 static int 6371 status_match_len(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6372 { 6373 int len = 0; 6374 6375 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6376 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6377 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6378 6379 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ 6380 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6381 return 1; 6382 #endif 6383 6384 while (*s != NUL) 6385 { 6386 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6387 len += ptr2cells(s); 6388 mb_ptr_adv(s); 6389 } 6390 6391 return len; 6392 } 6393 6394 /* 6395 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. 6396 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. 6397 */ 6398 static int 6399 skip_status_match_char(expand_T *xp, char_u *s) 6400 { 6401 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) 6402 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6403 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6404 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) 6405 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) 6406 #endif 6407 ) 6408 { 6409 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME 6410 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') 6411 return 2; 6412 #endif 6413 return 1; 6414 } 6415 return 0; 6416 } 6417 6418 /* 6419 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. 6420 * Show at least the "match" item. 6421 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. 6422 * 6423 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6424 */ 6425 void 6426 win_redr_status_matches( 6427 expand_T *xp, 6428 int num_matches, 6429 char_u **matches, /* list of matches */ 6430 int match, 6431 int showtail) 6432 { 6433 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) 6434 int row; 6435 char_u *buf; 6436 int len; 6437 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ 6438 int fillchar; 6439 int attr; 6440 int i; 6441 int highlight = TRUE; 6442 char_u *selstart = NULL; 6443 int selstart_col = 0; 6444 char_u *selend = NULL; 6445 static int first_match = 0; 6446 int add_left = FALSE; 6447 char_u *s; 6448 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6449 int emenu; 6450 #endif 6451 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) 6452 int l; 6453 #endif 6454 6455 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ 6456 return; 6457 6458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6459 if (has_mbyte) 6460 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); 6461 else 6462 #endif 6463 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); 6464 if (buf == NULL) 6465 return; 6466 6467 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ 6468 { 6469 match = 0; 6470 highlight = FALSE; 6471 } 6472 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ 6473 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; 6474 if (match == 0) 6475 first_match = 0; 6476 else if (match < first_match) 6477 { 6478 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ 6479 first_match = match; 6480 add_left = TRUE; 6481 } 6482 else 6483 { 6484 /* check if match fits on the screen */ 6485 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) 6486 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6487 if (first_match > 0) 6488 clen += 2; 6489 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ 6490 if ((long)clen > Columns) 6491 { 6492 first_match = match; 6493 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ 6494 clen = 2; 6495 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) 6496 { 6497 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; 6498 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6499 break; 6500 } 6501 if (i == num_matches) 6502 add_left = TRUE; 6503 } 6504 } 6505 if (add_left) 6506 while (first_match > 0) 6507 { 6508 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; 6509 if ((long)clen >= Columns) 6510 break; 6511 --first_match; 6512 } 6513 6514 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); 6515 6516 if (first_match == 0) 6517 { 6518 *buf = NUL; 6519 len = 0; 6520 } 6521 else 6522 { 6523 STRCPY(buf, "< "); 6524 len = 2; 6525 } 6526 clen = len; 6527 6528 i = first_match; 6529 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) 6530 { 6531 if (i == match) 6532 { 6533 selstart = buf + len; 6534 selstart_col = clen; 6535 } 6536 6537 s = L_MATCH(i); 6538 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ 6539 #ifdef FEAT_MENU 6540 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS 6541 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); 6542 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) 6543 { 6544 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); 6545 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6546 len += l; 6547 clen += l; 6548 } 6549 else 6550 #endif 6551 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) 6552 { 6553 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); 6554 clen += ptr2cells(s); 6555 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6556 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) 6557 { 6558 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); 6559 s += l - 1; 6560 len += l; 6561 } 6562 else 6563 #endif 6564 { 6565 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); 6566 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); 6567 } 6568 } 6569 if (i == match) 6570 selend = buf + len; 6571 6572 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6573 *(buf + len++) = ' '; 6574 clen += 2; 6575 if (++i == num_matches) 6576 break; 6577 } 6578 6579 if (i != num_matches) 6580 { 6581 *(buf + len++) = '>'; 6582 ++clen; 6583 } 6584 6585 buf[len] = NUL; 6586 6587 row = cmdline_row - 1; 6588 if (row >= 0) 6589 { 6590 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) 6591 { 6592 if (msg_scrolled > 0) 6593 { 6594 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is 6595 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ 6596 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) 6597 { 6598 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); 6599 ++msg_scrolled; 6600 } 6601 else 6602 { 6603 ++cmdline_row; 6604 ++row; 6605 } 6606 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; 6607 } 6608 else 6609 { 6610 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. 6611 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is 6612 * resized. */ 6613 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 6614 { 6615 save_p_ls = p_ls; 6616 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; 6617 p_ls = 2; 6618 p_wmh = 0; 6619 last_status(FALSE); 6620 } 6621 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; 6622 } 6623 } 6624 6625 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); 6626 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) 6627 { 6628 *selend = NUL; 6629 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); 6630 } 6631 6632 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6633 } 6634 6635 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6636 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); 6637 #else 6638 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6639 #endif 6640 vim_free(buf); 6641 } 6642 #endif 6643 6644 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 6645 /* 6646 * Redraw the status line of window wp. 6647 * 6648 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. 6649 */ 6650 void 6651 win_redr_status(win_T *wp) 6652 { 6653 int row; 6654 char_u *p; 6655 int len; 6656 int fillchar; 6657 int attr; 6658 int this_ru_col; 6659 static int busy = FALSE; 6660 6661 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) 6662 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ 6663 if (busy) 6664 return; 6665 busy = TRUE; 6666 6667 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; 6668 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) 6669 { 6670 /* no status line, can only be last window */ 6671 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 6672 } 6673 else if (!redrawing() 6674 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6675 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be 6676 * drawn over it */ 6677 || pum_visible() 6678 #endif 6679 ) 6680 { 6681 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 6682 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 6683 } 6684 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6685 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 6686 { 6687 /* redraw custom status line */ 6688 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); 6689 } 6690 #endif 6691 else 6692 { 6693 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6694 6695 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); 6696 p = NameBuff; 6697 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 6698 6699 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help 6700 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6701 || wp->w_p_pvw 6702 #endif 6703 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) 6704 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6705 *(p + len++) = ' '; 6706 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) 6707 { 6708 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); 6709 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6710 } 6711 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX 6712 if (wp->w_p_pvw) 6713 { 6714 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); 6715 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); 6716 } 6717 #endif 6718 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 6719 { 6720 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); 6721 len += 3; 6722 } 6723 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) 6724 { 6725 STRCPY(p + len, _("[RO]")); 6726 len += 4; 6727 } 6728 6729 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6730 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6731 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6732 if (this_ru_col <= 1) 6733 { 6734 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ 6735 len = 1; 6736 } 6737 else 6738 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6739 if (has_mbyte) 6740 { 6741 int clen = 0, i; 6742 6743 /* Count total number of display cells. */ 6744 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); 6745 6746 /* Find first character that will fit. 6747 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ 6748 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; 6749 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) 6750 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); 6751 len = clen; 6752 if (i > 0) 6753 { 6754 p = p + i - 1; 6755 *p = '<'; 6756 ++len; 6757 } 6758 6759 } 6760 else 6761 #endif 6762 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) 6763 { 6764 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); 6765 *p = '<'; 6766 len = this_ru_col - 1; 6767 } 6768 6769 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6770 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); 6771 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), 6772 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); 6773 6774 if (get_keymap_str(wp, (char_u *)"<%s>", NameBuff, MAXPATHL) 6775 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) 6776 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) 6777 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); 6778 6779 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 6780 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); 6781 #endif 6782 } 6783 6784 /* 6785 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. 6786 */ 6787 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) 6788 { 6789 if (stl_connected(wp)) 6790 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6791 else 6792 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); 6793 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), 6794 attr); 6795 } 6796 busy = FALSE; 6797 } 6798 6799 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 6800 /* 6801 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any 6802 * errors encountered. 6803 */ 6804 static void 6805 redraw_custom_statusline(win_T *wp) 6806 { 6807 static int entered = FALSE; 6808 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 6809 6810 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline 6811 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ 6812 if (entered) 6813 return; 6814 entered = TRUE; 6815 6816 did_emsg = FALSE; 6817 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); 6818 if (did_emsg) 6819 { 6820 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the 6821 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem 6822 * again and again. */ 6823 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, 6824 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL 6825 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); 6826 } 6827 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 6828 entered = FALSE; 6829 } 6830 #endif 6831 6832 /* 6833 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status 6834 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. 6835 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). 6836 */ 6837 int 6838 stl_connected(win_T *wp) 6839 { 6840 frame_T *fr; 6841 6842 fr = wp->w_frame; 6843 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) 6844 { 6845 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) 6846 { 6847 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6848 break; 6849 } 6850 else 6851 { 6852 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) 6853 return TRUE; 6854 } 6855 fr = fr->fr_parent; 6856 } 6857 return FALSE; 6858 } 6859 6860 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ 6861 6862 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6863 /* 6864 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. 6865 */ 6866 int 6867 get_keymap_str( 6868 win_T *wp, 6869 char_u *fmt, /* format string containing one %s item */ 6870 char_u *buf, /* buffer for the result */ 6871 int len) /* length of buffer */ 6872 { 6873 char_u *p; 6874 6875 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) 6876 return FALSE; 6877 6878 { 6879 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6880 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; 6881 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 6882 char_u *s; 6883 6884 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; 6885 curwin = wp; 6886 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ 6887 ++emsg_skip; 6888 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); 6889 --emsg_skip; 6890 curbuf = old_curbuf; 6891 curwin = old_curwin; 6892 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) 6893 #endif 6894 { 6895 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 6896 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) 6897 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; 6898 else 6899 #endif 6900 p = (char_u *)"lang"; 6901 } 6902 if (vim_snprintf((char *)buf, len, (char *)fmt, p) > len - 1) 6903 buf[0] = NUL; 6904 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6905 vim_free(s); 6906 #endif 6907 } 6908 return buf[0] != NUL; 6909 } 6910 #endif 6911 6912 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) 6913 /* 6914 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". 6915 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. 6916 */ 6917 static void 6918 win_redr_custom( 6919 win_T *wp, 6920 int draw_ruler) /* TRUE or FALSE */ 6921 { 6922 static int entered = FALSE; 6923 int attr; 6924 int curattr; 6925 int row; 6926 int col = 0; 6927 int maxwidth; 6928 int width; 6929 int n; 6930 int len; 6931 int fillchar; 6932 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; 6933 char_u *stl; 6934 char_u *p; 6935 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6936 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; 6937 int use_sandbox = FALSE; 6938 win_T *ewp; 6939 int p_crb_save; 6940 6941 /* There is a tiny chance that this gets called recursively: When 6942 * redrawing a status line triggers redrawing the ruler or tabline. 6943 * Avoid trouble by not allowing recursion. */ 6944 if (entered) 6945 return; 6946 entered = TRUE; 6947 6948 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ 6949 if (wp == NULL) 6950 { 6951 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ 6952 stl = p_tal; 6953 row = 0; 6954 fillchar = ' '; 6955 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 6956 maxwidth = Columns; 6957 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 6958 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); 6959 # endif 6960 } 6961 else 6962 { 6963 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 6964 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 6965 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); 6966 6967 if (draw_ruler) 6968 { 6969 stl = p_ruf; 6970 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ 6971 if (*stl == '%') 6972 { 6973 if (*++stl == '-') 6974 stl++; 6975 if (atoi((char *)stl)) 6976 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) 6977 stl++; 6978 if (*stl++ != '(') 6979 stl = p_ruf; 6980 } 6981 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6982 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); 6983 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) 6984 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; 6985 #else 6986 col = ru_col; 6987 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) 6988 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; 6989 #endif 6990 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; 6991 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 6992 if (!wp->w_status_height) 6993 #endif 6994 { 6995 row = Rows - 1; 6996 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ 6997 fillchar = ' '; 6998 attr = 0; 6999 } 7000 7001 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7002 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); 7003 # endif 7004 } 7005 else 7006 { 7007 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) 7008 stl = wp->w_p_stl; 7009 else 7010 stl = p_stl; 7011 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7012 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", 7013 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); 7014 # endif 7015 } 7016 7017 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7018 col += W_WINCOL(wp); 7019 #endif 7020 } 7021 7022 if (maxwidth <= 0) 7023 goto theend; 7024 7025 /* Temporarily reset 'cursorbind', we don't want a side effect from moving 7026 * the cursor away and back. */ 7027 ewp = wp == NULL ? curwin : wp; 7028 p_crb_save = ewp->w_p_crb; 7029 ewp->w_p_crb = FALSE; 7030 7031 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that 7032 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ 7033 stl = vim_strsave(stl); 7034 width = build_stl_str_hl(ewp, buf, sizeof(buf), 7035 stl, use_sandbox, 7036 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); 7037 vim_free(stl); 7038 ewp->w_p_crb = p_crb_save; 7039 7040 /* Make all characters printable. */ 7041 p = transstr(buf); 7042 if (p != NULL) 7043 { 7044 vim_strncpy(buf, p, sizeof(buf) - 1); 7045 vim_free(p); 7046 } 7047 7048 /* fill up with "fillchar" */ 7049 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); 7050 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) 7051 { 7052 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7053 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); 7054 #else 7055 buf[len++] = fillchar; 7056 #endif 7057 ++width; 7058 } 7059 buf[len] = NUL; 7060 7061 /* 7062 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. 7063 */ 7064 curattr = attr; 7065 p = buf; 7066 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7067 { 7068 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); 7069 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); 7070 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); 7071 p = hltab[n].start; 7072 7073 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) 7074 curattr = attr; 7075 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) 7076 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); 7077 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 7078 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) 7079 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7080 #endif 7081 else 7082 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; 7083 } 7084 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); 7085 7086 if (wp == NULL) 7087 { 7088 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ 7089 col = 0; 7090 len = 0; 7091 p = buf; 7092 fillchar = 0; 7093 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) 7094 { 7095 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); 7096 while (col < len) 7097 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7098 p = tabtab[n].start; 7099 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; 7100 } 7101 while (col < Columns) 7102 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; 7103 } 7104 7105 theend: 7106 entered = FALSE; 7107 } 7108 7109 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ 7110 7111 /* 7112 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. 7113 */ 7114 void 7115 screen_putchar(int c, int row, int col, int attr) 7116 { 7117 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 7118 7119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7120 if (has_mbyte) 7121 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; 7122 else 7123 #endif 7124 { 7125 buf[0] = c; 7126 buf[1] = NUL; 7127 } 7128 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); 7129 } 7130 7131 /* 7132 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". 7133 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; 7134 */ 7135 void 7136 screen_getbytes(int row, int col, char_u *bytes, int *attrp) 7137 { 7138 unsigned off; 7139 7140 /* safety check */ 7141 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) 7142 { 7143 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7144 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7145 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7146 bytes[1] = NUL; 7147 7148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7149 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 7150 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; 7151 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 7152 { 7153 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; 7154 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; 7155 bytes[2] = NUL; 7156 } 7157 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) 7158 { 7159 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; 7160 bytes[2] = NUL; 7161 } 7162 #endif 7163 } 7164 } 7165 7166 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7167 static int screen_comp_differs(int, int*); 7168 7169 /* 7170 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from 7171 * composing characters in "u8cc". 7172 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. 7173 */ 7174 static int 7175 screen_comp_differs(int off, int *u8cc) 7176 { 7177 int i; 7178 7179 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7180 { 7181 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) 7182 return TRUE; 7183 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7184 break; 7185 } 7186 return FALSE; 7187 } 7188 #endif 7189 7190 /* 7191 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with 7192 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. 7193 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! 7194 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. 7195 */ 7196 void 7197 screen_puts( 7198 char_u *text, 7199 int row, 7200 int col, 7201 int attr) 7202 { 7203 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); 7204 } 7205 7206 /* 7207 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to 7208 * a NUL. 7209 */ 7210 void 7211 screen_puts_len( 7212 char_u *text, 7213 int textlen, 7214 int row, 7215 int col, 7216 int attr) 7217 { 7218 unsigned off; 7219 char_u *ptr = text; 7220 int len = textlen; 7221 int c; 7222 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7223 unsigned max_off; 7224 int mbyte_blen = 1; 7225 int mbyte_cells = 1; 7226 int u8c = 0; 7227 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; 7228 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7229 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7230 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ 7231 int pc, nc, nc1; 7232 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; 7233 # endif 7234 #endif 7235 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7236 int force_redraw_this; 7237 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7238 #endif 7239 int need_redraw; 7240 7241 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 7242 return; 7243 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 7244 7245 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7246 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the 7247 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ 7248 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns 7249 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7250 && !gui.in_use 7251 # endif 7252 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) 7253 { 7254 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; 7255 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; 7256 if (enc_utf8) 7257 { 7258 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; 7259 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; 7260 } 7261 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ 7262 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); 7263 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ 7264 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7265 } 7266 #endif 7267 7268 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7269 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; 7270 #endif 7271 while (col < screen_Columns 7272 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) 7273 && *ptr != NUL) 7274 { 7275 c = *ptr; 7276 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7277 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ 7278 if (has_mbyte) 7279 { 7280 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) 7281 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7282 else 7283 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 7284 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7285 mbyte_cells = 1; 7286 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) 7287 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; 7288 else /* enc_utf8 */ 7289 { 7290 if (len >= 0) 7291 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, 7292 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); 7293 else 7294 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); 7295 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); 7296 # ifdef UNICODE16 7297 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ 7298 if (u8c >= 0x10000) 7299 { 7300 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; 7301 if (attr == 0) 7302 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 7303 } 7304 # endif 7305 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 7306 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) 7307 { 7308 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ 7309 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) 7310 { 7311 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ 7312 nc = NUL; 7313 nc1 = NUL; 7314 } 7315 else 7316 { 7317 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, 7318 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); 7319 nc1 = pcc[0]; 7320 } 7321 pc = prev_c; 7322 prev_c = u8c; 7323 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); 7324 } 7325 else 7326 prev_c = u8c; 7327 # endif 7328 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) 7329 { 7330 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: 7331 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ 7332 c = '>'; 7333 mbyte_cells = 1; 7334 } 7335 } 7336 } 7337 #endif 7338 7339 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7340 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; 7341 force_redraw_next = FALSE; 7342 #endif 7343 7344 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c 7345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7346 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7347 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) 7348 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 7349 && c == 0x8e 7350 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) 7351 || (enc_utf8 7352 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 7353 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) 7354 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 7355 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) 7356 #endif 7357 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 7358 || exmode_active; 7359 7360 if (need_redraw 7361 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7362 || force_redraw_this 7363 #endif 7364 ) 7365 { 7366 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7367 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next 7368 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next 7369 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI 7370 * and for some xterms. */ 7371 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( 7372 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 7373 gui.in_use 7374 # endif 7375 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 7376 || 7377 # endif 7378 # ifdef UNIX 7379 term_is_xterm 7380 # endif 7381 )) 7382 { 7383 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; 7384 7385 if (n > HL_ALL) 7386 n = syn_attr2attr(n); 7387 if (n & HL_BOLD) 7388 force_redraw_next = TRUE; 7389 } 7390 #endif 7391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7392 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell 7393 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next 7394 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char 7395 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once 7396 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ 7397 if (clear_next_cell) 7398 clear_next_cell = FALSE; 7399 else if (has_mbyte 7400 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL 7401 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) 7402 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7403 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7404 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7405 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7406 clear_next_cell = TRUE; 7407 7408 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, 7409 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ 7410 if (enc_dbcs 7411 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) 7412 || (mbyte_cells == 2 7413 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 7414 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) 7415 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; 7416 #endif 7417 ScreenLines[off] = c; 7418 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 7419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7420 if (enc_utf8) 7421 { 7422 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) 7423 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 7424 else 7425 { 7426 int i; 7427 7428 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; 7429 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 7430 { 7431 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; 7432 if (u8cc[i] == 0) 7433 break; 7434 } 7435 } 7436 if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7437 { 7438 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; 7439 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7440 } 7441 screen_char(off, row, col); 7442 } 7443 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) 7444 { 7445 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; 7446 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; 7447 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7448 } 7449 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) 7450 { 7451 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; 7452 screen_char(off, row, col); 7453 } 7454 else 7455 #endif 7456 screen_char(off, row, col); 7457 } 7458 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7459 if (has_mbyte) 7460 { 7461 off += mbyte_cells; 7462 col += mbyte_cells; 7463 ptr += mbyte_blen; 7464 if (clear_next_cell) 7465 { 7466 /* This only happens at the end, display one space next. */ 7467 ptr = (char_u *)" "; 7468 len = -1; 7469 } 7470 } 7471 else 7472 #endif 7473 { 7474 ++off; 7475 ++col; 7476 ++ptr; 7477 } 7478 } 7479 7480 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 7481 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text 7482 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ 7483 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) 7484 { 7485 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7486 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) 7487 screen_char_2(off, row, col); 7488 else 7489 # endif 7490 screen_char(off, row, col); 7491 } 7492 #endif 7493 } 7494 7495 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA 7496 /* 7497 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7498 */ 7499 static void 7500 start_search_hl(void) 7501 { 7502 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) 7503 { 7504 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); 7505 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); 7506 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7507 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7508 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); 7509 # endif 7510 } 7511 } 7512 7513 /* 7514 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. 7515 */ 7516 static void 7517 end_search_hl(void) 7518 { 7519 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) 7520 { 7521 vim_regfree(search_hl.rm.regprog); 7522 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; 7523 } 7524 } 7525 7526 /* 7527 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). 7528 */ 7529 static void 7530 init_search_hl(win_T *wp) 7531 { 7532 matchitem_T *cur; 7533 7534 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous 7535 * match */ 7536 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7537 while (cur != NULL) 7538 { 7539 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; 7540 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) 7541 cur->hl.attr = 0; 7542 else 7543 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); 7544 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7545 cur->hl.lnum = 0; 7546 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; 7547 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7548 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ 7549 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); 7550 # endif 7551 cur = cur->next; 7552 } 7553 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; 7554 search_hl.lnum = 0; 7555 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; 7556 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ 7557 } 7558 7559 /* 7560 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. 7561 */ 7562 static void 7563 prepare_search_hl(win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum) 7564 { 7565 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ 7566 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7567 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl 7568 has been processed or not */ 7569 int pos_inprogress; /* marks that position match search is 7570 in progress */ 7571 int n; 7572 7573 /* 7574 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top 7575 * of the window or just after a closed fold. 7576 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. 7577 */ 7578 cur = wp->w_match_head; 7579 shl_flag = FALSE; 7580 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) 7581 { 7582 if (shl_flag == FALSE) 7583 { 7584 shl = &search_hl; 7585 shl_flag = TRUE; 7586 } 7587 else 7588 shl = &cur->hl; 7589 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7590 && shl->lnum == 0 7591 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) 7592 { 7593 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) 7594 { 7595 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 7596 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; 7597 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) 7598 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, 7599 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) 7600 break; 7601 # else 7602 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; 7603 # endif 7604 } 7605 if (cur != NULL) 7606 cur->pos.cur = 0; 7607 pos_inprogress = TRUE; 7608 n = 0; 7609 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && (shl->rm.regprog != NULL 7610 || (cur != NULL && pos_inprogress))) 7611 { 7612 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n, 7613 shl == &search_hl ? NULL : cur); 7614 pos_inprogress = cur == NULL || cur->pos.cur == 0 7615 ? FALSE : TRUE; 7616 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7617 { 7618 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum 7619 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum 7620 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7621 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7622 } 7623 else 7624 { 7625 ++shl->first_lnum; 7626 n = 0; 7627 } 7628 } 7629 } 7630 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) 7631 cur = cur->next; 7632 } 7633 } 7634 7635 /* 7636 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. 7637 * Uses shl->buf. 7638 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. 7639 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless 7640 * shl->lnum is zero. 7641 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. 7642 */ 7643 static void 7644 next_search_hl( 7645 win_T *win, 7646 match_T *shl, /* points to search_hl or a match */ 7647 linenr_T lnum, 7648 colnr_T mincol, /* minimal column for a match */ 7649 matchitem_T *cur) /* to retrieve match positions if any */ 7650 { 7651 linenr_T l; 7652 colnr_T matchcol; 7653 long nmatched; 7654 7655 if (shl->lnum != 0) 7656 { 7657 /* Check for three situations: 7658 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. 7659 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. 7660 * 3. Continue after the previous match. 7661 */ 7662 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7663 if (lnum > l) 7664 shl->lnum = 0; 7665 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7666 return; 7667 } 7668 7669 /* 7670 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" 7671 * or none is found in this line. 7672 */ 7673 called_emsg = FALSE; 7674 for (;;) 7675 { 7676 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7677 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ 7678 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) 7679 { 7680 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ 7681 break; 7682 } 7683 #endif 7684 /* Three situations: 7685 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. 7686 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. 7687 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. 7688 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. 7689 */ 7690 if (shl->lnum == 0) 7691 matchcol = 0; 7692 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL 7693 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 7694 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) 7695 { 7696 char_u *ml; 7697 7698 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; 7699 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; 7700 if (*ml == NUL) 7701 { 7702 ++matchcol; 7703 shl->lnum = 0; 7704 break; 7705 } 7706 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7707 if (has_mbyte) 7708 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); 7709 else 7710 #endif 7711 ++matchcol; 7712 } 7713 else 7714 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; 7715 7716 shl->lnum = lnum; 7717 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) 7718 { 7719 /* Remember whether shl->rm is using a copy of the regprog in 7720 * cur->match. */ 7721 int regprog_is_copy = (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL 7722 && shl == &cur->hl 7723 && cur->match.regprog == cur->hl.rm.regprog); 7724 7725 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, 7726 matchcol, 7727 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME 7728 &(shl->tm) 7729 #else 7730 NULL 7731 #endif 7732 ); 7733 /* Copy the regprog, in case it got freed and recompiled. */ 7734 if (regprog_is_copy) 7735 cur->match.regprog = cur->hl.rm.regprog; 7736 7737 if (called_emsg || got_int) 7738 { 7739 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ 7740 if (shl == &search_hl) 7741 { 7742 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ 7743 vim_regfree(shl->rm.regprog); 7744 SET_NO_HLSEARCH(TRUE); 7745 } 7746 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; 7747 shl->lnum = 0; 7748 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" 7749 message */ 7750 break; 7751 } 7752 } 7753 else if (cur != NULL) 7754 nmatched = next_search_hl_pos(shl, lnum, &(cur->pos), matchcol); 7755 else 7756 nmatched = 0; 7757 if (nmatched == 0) 7758 { 7759 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ 7760 break; 7761 } 7762 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 7763 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol 7764 || nmatched > 1 7765 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) 7766 { 7767 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; 7768 break; /* useful match found */ 7769 } 7770 } 7771 } 7772 7773 static int 7774 next_search_hl_pos( 7775 match_T *shl, /* points to a match */ 7776 linenr_T lnum, 7777 posmatch_T *posmatch, /* match positions */ 7778 colnr_T mincol) /* minimal column for a match */ 7779 { 7780 int i; 7781 int bot = -1; 7782 7783 shl->lnum = 0; 7784 for (i = posmatch->cur; i < MAXPOSMATCH; i++) 7785 { 7786 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == 0) 7787 break; 7788 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < mincol) 7789 continue; 7790 if (posmatch->pos[i].lnum == lnum) 7791 { 7792 if (shl->lnum == lnum) 7793 { 7794 /* partially sort positions by column numbers 7795 * on the same line */ 7796 if (posmatch->pos[i].col < posmatch->pos[bot].col) 7797 { 7798 llpos_T tmp = posmatch->pos[i]; 7799 7800 posmatch->pos[i] = posmatch->pos[bot]; 7801 posmatch->pos[bot] = tmp; 7802 } 7803 } 7804 else 7805 { 7806 bot = i; 7807 shl->lnum = lnum; 7808 } 7809 } 7810 } 7811 posmatch->cur = 0; 7812 if (shl->lnum == lnum && bot >= 0) 7813 { 7814 colnr_T start = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 7815 ? 0 : posmatch->pos[bot].col - 1; 7816 colnr_T end = posmatch->pos[bot].col == 0 7817 ? MAXCOL : start + posmatch->pos[bot].len; 7818 7819 shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum = 0; 7820 shl->rm.startpos[0].col = start; 7821 shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum = 0; 7822 shl->rm.endpos[0].col = end; 7823 shl->is_addpos = TRUE; 7824 posmatch->cur = bot + 1; 7825 return TRUE; 7826 } 7827 return FALSE; 7828 } 7829 #endif 7830 7831 static void 7832 screen_start_highlight(int attr) 7833 { 7834 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; 7835 7836 screen_attr = attr; 7837 if (full_screen 7838 #ifdef WIN3264 7839 && termcap_active 7840 #endif 7841 ) 7842 { 7843 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7844 if (gui.in_use) 7845 { 7846 char buf[20]; 7847 7848 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ 7849 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); 7850 OUT_STR(buf); 7851 } 7852 else 7853 #endif 7854 { 7855 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7856 { 7857 if (IS_CTERM) 7858 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); 7859 else 7860 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); 7861 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7862 attr = 0; 7863 else 7864 attr = aep->ae_attr; 7865 } 7866 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ 7867 out_str(T_MD); 7868 else if (aep != NULL && cterm_normal_fg_bold && 7869 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7870 (p_tgc ? 7871 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 7872 #endif 7873 (t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7874 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7875 ) 7876 #endif 7877 ) 7878 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL 7879 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ 7880 out_str(T_ME); 7881 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ 7882 out_str(T_SO); 7883 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) 7884 /* underline or undercurl */ 7885 out_str(T_US); 7886 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ 7887 out_str(T_CZH); 7888 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ 7889 out_str(T_MR); 7890 7891 /* 7892 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the 7893 * bold etc. override the color setting. 7894 */ 7895 if (aep != NULL) 7896 { 7897 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7898 if (p_tgc) 7899 { 7900 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 7901 term_fg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb); 7902 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR) 7903 term_bg_rgb_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb); 7904 } 7905 else 7906 #endif 7907 { 7908 if (t_colors > 1) 7909 { 7910 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) 7911 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); 7912 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7913 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); 7914 } 7915 else 7916 { 7917 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) 7918 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); 7919 } 7920 } 7921 } 7922 } 7923 } 7924 } 7925 7926 void 7927 screen_stop_highlight(void) 7928 { 7929 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ 7930 7931 if (screen_attr != 0 7932 #ifdef WIN3264 7933 && termcap_active 7934 #endif 7935 ) 7936 { 7937 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 7938 if (gui.in_use) 7939 { 7940 char buf[20]; 7941 7942 /* use internal GUI code */ 7943 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); 7944 OUT_STR(buf); 7945 } 7946 else 7947 #endif 7948 { 7949 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ 7950 { 7951 attrentry_T *aep; 7952 7953 if (IS_CTERM) 7954 { 7955 /* 7956 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! 7957 */ 7958 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7959 if (aep != NULL && 7960 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7961 (p_tgc ? 7962 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_rgb != INVALCOLOR 7963 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_rgb != INVALCOLOR): 7964 #endif 7965 (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) 7966 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 7967 ) 7968 #endif 7969 ) 7970 do_ME = TRUE; 7971 } 7972 else 7973 { 7974 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); 7975 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) 7976 { 7977 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) 7978 do_ME = TRUE; 7979 else 7980 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); 7981 } 7982 } 7983 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ 7984 screen_attr = 0; 7985 else 7986 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; 7987 } 7988 7989 /* 7990 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the 7991 * same sequence several times. 7992 */ 7993 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) 7994 { 7995 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) 7996 do_ME = TRUE; 7997 else 7998 out_str(T_SE); 7999 } 8000 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) 8001 { 8002 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) 8003 do_ME = TRUE; 8004 else 8005 out_str(T_UE); 8006 } 8007 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) 8008 { 8009 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) 8010 do_ME = TRUE; 8011 else 8012 out_str(T_CZR); 8013 } 8014 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) 8015 out_str(T_ME); 8016 8017 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8018 if (p_tgc) 8019 { 8020 if (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8021 term_fg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_fg_gui_color); 8022 if (cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8023 term_bg_rgb_color(cterm_normal_bg_gui_color); 8024 } 8025 else 8026 #endif 8027 { 8028 if (t_colors > 1) 8029 { 8030 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8031 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) 8032 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); 8033 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) 8034 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); 8035 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8036 out_str(T_MD); 8037 } 8038 } 8039 } 8040 } 8041 screen_attr = 0; 8042 } 8043 8044 /* 8045 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. 8046 * The machine specific code may override this again. 8047 */ 8048 void 8049 reset_cterm_colors(void) 8050 { 8051 if (IS_CTERM) 8052 { 8053 /* set Normal cterm colors */ 8054 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8055 if (p_tgc ? (cterm_normal_fg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR 8056 || cterm_normal_bg_gui_color != INVALCOLOR) 8057 : (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)) 8058 #else 8059 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) 8060 #endif 8061 { 8062 out_str(T_OP); 8063 screen_attr = -1; 8064 } 8065 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) 8066 { 8067 out_str(T_ME); 8068 screen_attr = -1; 8069 } 8070 } 8071 } 8072 8073 /* 8074 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", 8075 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. 8076 */ 8077 static void 8078 screen_char(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8079 { 8080 int attr; 8081 8082 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after 8083 * resizing). */ 8084 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) 8085 return; 8086 8087 /* Outputting a character in the last cell on the screen may scroll the 8088 * screen up. Only do it when the "xn" termcap property is set, otherwise 8089 * mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up). */ 8090 if (*T_XN == NUL 8091 && row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 8092 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8093 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ 8094 && !cmdmsg_rl 8095 #endif 8096 ) 8097 { 8098 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8099 return; 8100 } 8101 8102 /* 8103 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. 8104 */ 8105 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8106 if (screen_char_attr != 0) 8107 attr = screen_char_attr; 8108 else 8109 #endif 8110 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; 8111 if (screen_attr != attr) 8112 screen_stop_highlight(); 8113 8114 windgoto(row, col); 8115 8116 if (screen_attr != attr) 8117 screen_start_highlight(attr); 8118 8119 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8120 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) 8121 { 8122 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 8123 8124 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ 8125 8126 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; 8127 8128 out_str(buf); 8129 if (utf_ambiguous_width(ScreenLinesUC[off])) 8130 screen_cur_col = 9999; 8131 else if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) 8132 ++screen_cur_col; 8133 } 8134 else 8135 #endif 8136 { 8137 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8138 out_flush_check(); 8139 #endif 8140 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 8141 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8142 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ 8143 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 8144 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 8145 #endif 8146 } 8147 8148 screen_cur_col++; 8149 } 8150 8151 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8152 8153 /* 8154 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] 8155 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. 8156 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to 8157 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. 8158 */ 8159 static void 8160 screen_char_2(unsigned off, int row, int col) 8161 { 8162 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ 8163 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) 8164 return; 8165 8166 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. 8167 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ 8168 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) 8169 { 8170 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; 8171 return; 8172 } 8173 8174 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the 8175 * second byte directly. */ 8176 screen_char(off, row, col); 8177 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); 8178 ++screen_cur_col; 8179 } 8180 #endif 8181 8182 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) 8183 /* 8184 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. 8185 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. 8186 */ 8187 void 8188 screen_draw_rectangle( 8189 int row, 8190 int col, 8191 int height, 8192 int width, 8193 int invert) 8194 { 8195 int r, c; 8196 int off; 8197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8198 int max_off; 8199 #endif 8200 8201 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 8202 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 8203 return; 8204 8205 if (invert) 8206 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; 8207 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) 8208 { 8209 off = LineOffset[r]; 8210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8211 max_off = off + screen_Columns; 8212 #endif 8213 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) 8214 { 8215 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8216 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8217 { 8218 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); 8219 ++c; 8220 } 8221 else 8222 #endif 8223 { 8224 screen_char(off + c, r, c); 8225 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8226 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) 8227 ++c; 8228 #endif 8229 } 8230 } 8231 } 8232 screen_char_attr = 0; 8233 } 8234 #endif 8235 8236 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8237 /* 8238 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. 8239 */ 8240 static void 8241 redraw_block(int row, int end, win_T *wp) 8242 { 8243 int col; 8244 int width; 8245 8246 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8247 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); 8248 # endif 8249 8250 if (wp == NULL) 8251 { 8252 col = 0; 8253 width = Columns; 8254 } 8255 else 8256 { 8257 col = wp->w_wincol; 8258 width = wp->w_width; 8259 } 8260 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); 8261 } 8262 #endif 8263 8264 /* 8265 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' 8266 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. 8267 * Use attributes 'attr'. 8268 */ 8269 void 8270 screen_fill( 8271 int start_row, 8272 int end_row, 8273 int start_col, 8274 int end_col, 8275 int c1, 8276 int c2, 8277 int attr) 8278 { 8279 int row; 8280 int col; 8281 int off; 8282 int end_off; 8283 int did_delete; 8284 int c; 8285 int norm_term; 8286 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8287 int force_next = FALSE; 8288 #endif 8289 8290 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ 8291 end_row = screen_Rows; 8292 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ 8293 end_col = screen_Columns; 8294 if (ScreenLines == NULL 8295 || start_row >= end_row 8296 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ 8297 return; 8298 8299 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ 8300 norm_term = ( 8301 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8302 !gui.in_use && 8303 #endif 8304 !IS_CTERM); 8305 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) 8306 { 8307 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8308 if (has_mbyte 8309 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8310 && !gui.in_use 8311 # endif 8312 ) 8313 { 8314 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear 8315 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a 8316 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a 8317 * terminal. */ 8318 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) 8319 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); 8320 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) 8321 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); 8322 } 8323 #endif 8324 /* 8325 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a 8326 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a 8327 * space. 8328 */ 8329 did_delete = FALSE; 8330 if (c2 == ' ' 8331 && end_col == Columns 8332 && can_clear(T_CE) 8333 && (attr == 0 8334 || (norm_term 8335 && attr <= HL_ALL 8336 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) 8337 { 8338 /* 8339 * check if we really need to clear something 8340 */ 8341 col = start_col; 8342 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ 8343 ++col; 8344 8345 off = LineOffset[row] + col; 8346 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; 8347 8348 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ 8349 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8350 if (enc_utf8) 8351 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8352 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) 8353 ++off; 8354 else 8355 #endif 8356 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' 8357 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) 8358 ++off; 8359 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ 8360 { 8361 col = off - LineOffset[row]; 8362 screen_stop_highlight(); 8363 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ 8364 out_str(T_CE); 8365 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8366 col = end_col - col; 8367 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ 8368 { 8369 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; 8370 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8371 if (enc_utf8) 8372 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8373 #endif 8374 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; 8375 ++off; 8376 } 8377 } 8378 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ 8379 } 8380 8381 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; 8382 c = c1; 8383 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) 8384 { 8385 if (ScreenLines[off] != c 8386 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8387 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] 8388 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) 8389 #endif 8390 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr 8391 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8392 || force_next 8393 #endif 8394 ) 8395 { 8396 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) 8397 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in 8398 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the 8399 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our 8400 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ 8401 if ( 8402 # ifdef FEAT_GUI 8403 gui.in_use 8404 # endif 8405 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) 8406 || 8407 # endif 8408 # ifdef UNIX 8409 term_is_xterm 8410 # endif 8411 ) 8412 { 8413 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' 8414 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL 8415 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) 8416 force_next = TRUE; 8417 else 8418 force_next = FALSE; 8419 } 8420 #endif 8421 ScreenLines[off] = c; 8422 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8423 if (enc_utf8) 8424 { 8425 if (c >= 0x80) 8426 { 8427 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; 8428 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; 8429 } 8430 else 8431 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; 8432 } 8433 #endif 8434 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; 8435 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') 8436 screen_char(off, row, col); 8437 } 8438 ++off; 8439 if (col == start_col) 8440 { 8441 if (did_delete) 8442 break; 8443 c = c2; 8444 } 8445 } 8446 if (end_col == Columns) 8447 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; 8448 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ 8449 { 8450 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8451 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') 8452 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ 8453 if (start_col == 0) 8454 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ 8455 } 8456 } 8457 } 8458 8459 /* 8460 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the 8461 * screen or the command line. 8462 */ 8463 void 8464 check_for_delay(int check_msg_scroll) 8465 { 8466 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) 8467 && !did_wait_return 8468 && emsg_silent == 0) 8469 { 8470 out_flush(); 8471 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); 8472 emsg_on_display = FALSE; 8473 if (check_msg_scroll) 8474 msg_scroll = FALSE; 8475 } 8476 } 8477 8478 /* 8479 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed 8480 * If "doclear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. 8481 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. 8482 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. 8483 */ 8484 int 8485 screen_valid(int doclear) 8486 { 8487 screenalloc(doclear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8488 return (ScreenLines != NULL); 8489 } 8490 8491 /* 8492 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. 8493 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. 8494 * 8495 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating 8496 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing 8497 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items 8498 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the 8499 * final size of the shell is needed. 8500 */ 8501 void 8502 screenalloc(int doclear) 8503 { 8504 int new_row, old_row; 8505 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8506 int old_Rows; 8507 #endif 8508 win_T *wp; 8509 int outofmem = FALSE; 8510 int len; 8511 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; 8512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8513 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8514 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; 8515 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8516 int i; 8517 #endif 8518 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; 8519 unsigned *new_LineOffset; 8520 char_u *new_LineWraps; 8521 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8522 short *new_TabPageIdxs; 8523 tabpage_T *tp; 8524 #endif 8525 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ 8526 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ 8527 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8528 int retry_count = 0; 8529 8530 retry: 8531 #endif 8532 /* 8533 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and 8534 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full 8535 * screen stuff. 8536 */ 8537 if ((ScreenLines != NULL 8538 && Rows == screen_Rows 8539 && Columns == screen_Columns 8540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8541 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) 8542 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8543 && p_mco == Screen_mco 8544 #endif 8545 ) 8546 || Rows == 0 8547 || Columns == 0 8548 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) 8549 return; 8550 8551 /* 8552 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which 8553 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just 8554 * return here. 8555 */ 8556 if (entered) 8557 return; 8558 entered = TRUE; 8559 8560 /* 8561 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, 8562 * thus we must not redraw here! 8563 */ 8564 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8565 8566 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ 8567 8568 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ 8569 8570 /* 8571 * We're changing the size of the screen. 8572 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. 8573 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra 8574 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). 8575 * - Free the old arrays. 8576 * 8577 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! 8578 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the 8579 * size is wrong. 8580 */ 8581 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8582 win_free_lsize(wp); 8583 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8584 if (aucmd_win != NULL) 8585 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); 8586 #endif 8587 8588 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8589 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8590 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8591 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); 8592 if (enc_utf8) 8593 { 8594 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8595 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8596 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8597 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( 8598 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); 8599 } 8600 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8601 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8602 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); 8603 #endif 8604 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( 8605 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); 8606 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( 8607 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); 8608 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); 8609 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8610 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); 8611 #endif 8612 8613 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) 8614 { 8615 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) 8616 { 8617 outofmem = TRUE; 8618 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8619 goto give_up; 8620 #endif 8621 } 8622 } 8623 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8624 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL 8625 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) 8626 outofmem = TRUE; 8627 #endif 8628 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8629 give_up: 8630 #endif 8631 8632 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8633 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8634 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) 8635 break; 8636 #endif 8637 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL 8638 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8639 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) 8640 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) 8641 #endif 8642 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL 8643 || new_LineOffset == NULL 8644 || new_LineWraps == NULL 8645 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8646 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL 8647 #endif 8648 || outofmem) 8649 { 8650 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) 8651 { 8652 /* guess the size */ 8653 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); 8654 8655 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over 8656 * and over again. */ 8657 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; 8658 } 8659 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); 8660 new_ScreenLines = NULL; 8661 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8662 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); 8663 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; 8664 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8665 { 8666 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); 8667 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; 8668 } 8669 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); 8670 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; 8671 #endif 8672 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); 8673 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; 8674 vim_free(new_LineOffset); 8675 new_LineOffset = NULL; 8676 vim_free(new_LineWraps); 8677 new_LineWraps = NULL; 8678 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8679 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); 8680 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; 8681 #endif 8682 } 8683 else 8684 { 8685 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; 8686 8687 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) 8688 { 8689 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; 8690 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; 8691 8692 /* 8693 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as 8694 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest 8695 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when 8696 * executing an external command, for the GUI). 8697 */ 8698 if (!doclear) 8699 { 8700 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, 8701 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8703 if (enc_utf8) 8704 { 8705 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, 8706 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8707 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8708 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8709 + new_row * Columns, 8710 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8711 } 8712 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8713 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, 8714 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); 8715 #endif 8716 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, 8717 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8718 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); 8719 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) 8720 { 8721 if (screen_Columns < Columns) 8722 len = screen_Columns; 8723 else 8724 len = Columns; 8725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8726 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they 8727 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ 8728 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) 8729 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8730 #endif 8731 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8732 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], 8733 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8734 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8735 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL 8736 && p_mco == Screen_mco) 8737 { 8738 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8739 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], 8740 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8741 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8742 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] 8743 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8744 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], 8745 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8746 } 8747 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) 8748 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8749 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], 8750 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); 8751 #endif 8752 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], 8753 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], 8754 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8755 } 8756 } 8757 } 8758 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ 8759 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; 8760 } 8761 8762 free_screenlines(); 8763 8764 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; 8765 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8766 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; 8767 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8768 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; 8769 Screen_mco = p_mco; 8770 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; 8771 #endif 8772 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; 8773 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; 8774 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; 8775 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8776 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; 8777 #endif 8778 8779 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual 8780 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ 8781 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8782 old_Rows = screen_Rows; 8783 #endif 8784 screen_Rows = Rows; 8785 screen_Columns = Columns; 8786 8787 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ 8788 if (doclear) 8789 screenclear2(); 8790 8791 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8792 else if (gui.in_use 8793 && !gui.starting 8794 && ScreenLines != NULL 8795 && old_Rows != Rows) 8796 { 8797 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); 8798 /* 8799 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external 8800 * command. 8801 */ 8802 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ 8803 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ 8804 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ 8805 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ 8806 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ 8807 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ 8808 } 8809 #endif 8810 8811 entered = FALSE; 8812 --RedrawingDisabled; 8813 8814 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8815 /* 8816 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop 8817 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. 8818 */ 8819 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) 8820 { 8821 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8822 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, 8823 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ 8824 goto retry; 8825 } 8826 #endif 8827 } 8828 8829 void 8830 free_screenlines(void) 8831 { 8832 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8833 int i; 8834 8835 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); 8836 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) 8837 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); 8838 vim_free(ScreenLines2); 8839 #endif 8840 vim_free(ScreenLines); 8841 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); 8842 vim_free(LineOffset); 8843 vim_free(LineWraps); 8844 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8845 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); 8846 #endif 8847 } 8848 8849 void 8850 screenclear(void) 8851 { 8852 check_for_delay(FALSE); 8853 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ 8854 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ 8855 } 8856 8857 static void 8858 screenclear2(void) 8859 { 8860 int i; 8861 8862 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL 8863 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8864 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) 8865 #endif 8866 ) 8867 return; 8868 8869 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8870 if (!gui.in_use) 8871 #endif 8872 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ 8873 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ 8874 8875 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 8876 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ 8877 clip_scroll_selection(9999); 8878 #endif 8879 8880 /* blank out ScreenLines */ 8881 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8882 { 8883 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8884 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; 8885 } 8886 8887 if (can_clear(T_CL)) 8888 { 8889 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ 8890 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 8891 mode_displayed = FALSE; 8892 } 8893 else 8894 { 8895 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ 8896 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) 8897 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); 8898 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 8899 } 8900 8901 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ 8902 8903 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); 8904 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 8905 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8906 redraw_tabline = TRUE; 8907 #endif 8908 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ 8909 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; 8910 compute_cmdrow(); 8911 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ 8912 msg_col = 0; 8913 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 8914 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ 8915 msg_didany = FALSE; 8916 msg_didout = FALSE; 8917 } 8918 8919 /* 8920 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. 8921 */ 8922 static void 8923 lineclear(unsigned off, int width) 8924 { 8925 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8926 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8927 if (enc_utf8) 8928 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, 8929 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8930 #endif 8931 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8932 } 8933 8934 /* 8935 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an 8936 * invalid value. 8937 */ 8938 static void 8939 lineinvalid(unsigned off, int width) 8940 { 8941 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8942 } 8943 8944 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8945 /* 8946 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". 8947 */ 8948 static void 8949 linecopy(int to, int from, win_T *wp) 8950 { 8951 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; 8952 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; 8953 8954 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, 8955 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8956 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8957 if (enc_utf8) 8958 { 8959 int i; 8960 8961 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, 8962 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8963 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) 8964 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, 8965 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); 8966 } 8967 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) 8968 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, 8969 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); 8970 # endif 8971 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, 8972 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); 8973 } 8974 #endif 8975 8976 /* 8977 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. 8978 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. 8979 */ 8980 int 8981 can_clear(char_u *p) 8982 { 8983 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 8984 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 8985 || gui.in_use 8986 #endif 8987 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 8988 || (p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_gui_color == INVALCOLOR) 8989 || (!p_tgc && cterm_normal_bg_color == 0) 8990 #else 8991 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 8992 #endif 8993 || *T_UT != NUL)); 8994 } 8995 8996 /* 8997 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting 8998 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control 8999 * code. 9000 */ 9001 void 9002 screen_start(void) 9003 { 9004 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; 9005 } 9006 9007 /* 9008 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. 9009 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of 9010 * characters sent to the terminal. 9011 */ 9012 void 9013 windgoto(int row, int col) 9014 { 9015 sattr_T *p; 9016 int i; 9017 int plan; 9018 int cost; 9019 int wouldbe_col; 9020 int noinvcurs; 9021 char_u *bs; 9022 int goto_cost; 9023 int attr; 9024 9025 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ 9026 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ 9027 9028 #define PLAN_LE 1 9029 #define PLAN_CR 2 9030 #define PLAN_NL 3 9031 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 9032 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ 9033 if (ScreenLines == NULL) 9034 return; 9035 9036 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) 9037 { 9038 /* Check for valid position. */ 9039 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ 9040 row = 0; 9041 if (row >= screen_Rows) 9042 row = screen_Rows - 1; 9043 if (col >= screen_Columns) 9044 col = screen_Columns - 1; 9045 9046 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ 9047 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) 9048 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; 9049 else 9050 noinvcurs = 0; 9051 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; 9052 9053 /* 9054 * Plan how to do the positioning: 9055 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. 9056 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. 9057 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. 9058 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. 9059 * 9060 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor 9061 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) 9062 * 9063 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write 9064 * characters to move the cursor to the right. 9065 */ 9066 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) 9067 { 9068 /* 9069 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR 9070 * or T_LE. 9071 */ 9072 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9073 attr = screen_attr; 9074 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) 9075 { 9076 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ 9077 if (*T_LE) 9078 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ 9079 else 9080 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ 9081 if (*bs) 9082 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); 9083 else 9084 cost = 999; 9085 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ 9086 { 9087 plan = PLAN_CR; 9088 wouldbe_col = 0; 9089 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ 9090 } 9091 else 9092 { 9093 plan = PLAN_LE; 9094 wouldbe_col = col; 9095 } 9096 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9097 { 9098 cost += noinvcurs; 9099 attr = 0; 9100 } 9101 } 9102 9103 /* 9104 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. 9105 */ 9106 else if (row > screen_cur_row) 9107 { 9108 plan = PLAN_NL; 9109 wouldbe_col = 0; 9110 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ 9111 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ 9112 { 9113 cost += noinvcurs; 9114 attr = 0; 9115 } 9116 } 9117 9118 /* 9119 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. 9120 */ 9121 else 9122 { 9123 plan = PLAN_WRITE; 9124 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; 9125 cost = 0; 9126 } 9127 9128 /* 9129 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the 9130 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. 9131 */ 9132 i = col - wouldbe_col; 9133 if (i > 0) 9134 cost += i; 9135 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) 9136 { 9137 /* 9138 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally 9139 * stopping highlighting. 9140 */ 9141 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; 9142 while (i && *p++ == attr) 9143 --i; 9144 if (i != 0) 9145 { 9146 /* 9147 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. 9148 */ 9149 if (*--p == 0) 9150 { 9151 cost += noinvcurs; 9152 while (i && *p++ == 0) 9153 --i; 9154 } 9155 if (i != 0) 9156 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ 9157 } 9158 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9159 if (enc_utf8) 9160 { 9161 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ 9162 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) 9163 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) 9164 { 9165 cost = 999; 9166 break; 9167 } 9168 } 9169 #endif 9170 } 9171 9172 /* 9173 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! 9174 */ 9175 if (cost < goto_cost) 9176 { 9177 if (plan == PLAN_LE) 9178 { 9179 if (noinvcurs) 9180 screen_stop_highlight(); 9181 while (screen_cur_col > col) 9182 { 9183 out_str(bs); 9184 --screen_cur_col; 9185 } 9186 } 9187 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) 9188 { 9189 if (noinvcurs) 9190 screen_stop_highlight(); 9191 out_char('\r'); 9192 screen_cur_col = 0; 9193 } 9194 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) 9195 { 9196 if (noinvcurs) 9197 screen_stop_highlight(); 9198 while (screen_cur_row < row) 9199 { 9200 out_char('\n'); 9201 ++screen_cur_row; 9202 } 9203 screen_cur_col = 0; 9204 } 9205 9206 i = col - screen_cur_col; 9207 if (i > 0) 9208 { 9209 /* 9210 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids 9211 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when 9212 * using the bold trick in the GUI. 9213 */ 9214 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) 9215 { 9216 while (i-- > 0) 9217 out_char(*T_ND); 9218 } 9219 else 9220 { 9221 int off; 9222 9223 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; 9224 while (i-- > 0) 9225 { 9226 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) 9227 screen_stop_highlight(); 9228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9229 out_flush_check(); 9230 #endif 9231 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); 9232 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9233 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU 9234 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) 9235 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); 9236 #endif 9237 ++off; 9238 } 9239 } 9240 } 9241 } 9242 } 9243 else 9244 cost = 999; 9245 9246 if (cost >= goto_cost) 9247 { 9248 if (noinvcurs) 9249 screen_stop_highlight(); 9250 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) 9251 && *T_CRI != NUL) 9252 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); 9253 else 9254 term_windgoto(row, col); 9255 } 9256 screen_cur_row = row; 9257 screen_cur_col = col; 9258 } 9259 } 9260 9261 /* 9262 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. 9263 */ 9264 void 9265 setcursor(void) 9266 { 9267 if (redrawing()) 9268 { 9269 validate_cursor(); 9270 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, 9271 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( 9272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9273 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide 9274 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ 9275 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( 9276 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9277 (has_mbyte 9278 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 9279 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : 9280 # endif 9281 1)) : 9282 #endif 9283 curwin->w_wcol)); 9284 } 9285 } 9286 9287 9288 /* 9289 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' 9290 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. 9291 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9292 * scrolling. 9293 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. 9294 */ 9295 int 9296 win_ins_lines( 9297 win_T *wp, 9298 int row, 9299 int line_count, 9300 int invalid, 9301 int mayclear) 9302 { 9303 int did_delete; 9304 int nextrow; 9305 int lastrow; 9306 int retval; 9307 9308 if (invalid) 9309 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9310 9311 if (wp->w_height < 5) 9312 return FAIL; 9313 9314 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9315 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9316 9317 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); 9318 if (retval != MAYBE) 9319 return retval; 9320 9321 /* 9322 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the 9323 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. 9324 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid 9325 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. 9326 */ 9327 did_delete = FALSE; 9328 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9329 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) 9330 { 9331 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9332 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) 9333 did_delete = TRUE; 9334 else if (wp->w_next) 9335 return FAIL; 9336 } 9337 #endif 9338 /* 9339 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window 9340 */ 9341 if (!did_delete) 9342 { 9343 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9344 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9345 #endif 9346 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9347 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); 9348 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; 9349 if (lastrow > Rows) 9350 lastrow = Rows; 9351 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, 9352 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9353 ' ', ' ', 0); 9354 } 9355 9356 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) 9357 == FAIL) 9358 { 9359 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ 9360 if (did_delete) 9361 { 9362 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9363 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9364 #endif 9365 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); 9366 } 9367 return FAIL; 9368 } 9369 9370 return OK; 9371 } 9372 9373 /* 9374 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" 9375 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. 9376 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than 9377 * scrolling 9378 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9379 */ 9380 int 9381 win_del_lines( 9382 win_T *wp, 9383 int row, 9384 int line_count, 9385 int invalid, 9386 int mayclear) 9387 { 9388 int retval; 9389 9390 if (invalid) 9391 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; 9392 9393 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) 9394 line_count = wp->w_height - row; 9395 9396 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); 9397 if (retval != MAYBE) 9398 return retval; 9399 9400 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, 9401 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) 9402 return FAIL; 9403 9404 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9405 /* 9406 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the 9407 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. 9408 */ 9409 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 9410 { 9411 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, 9412 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) 9413 { 9414 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9415 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); 9416 } 9417 } 9418 /* 9419 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the 9420 * command line later. 9421 */ 9422 else 9423 #endif 9424 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9425 return OK; 9426 } 9427 9428 /* 9429 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). 9430 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. 9431 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. 9432 */ 9433 static int 9434 win_do_lines( 9435 win_T *wp, 9436 int row, 9437 int line_count, 9438 int mayclear, 9439 int del) 9440 { 9441 int retval; 9442 9443 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) 9444 return FAIL; 9445 9446 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ 9447 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 9448 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9449 && wp->w_width == Columns 9450 #endif 9451 ) 9452 { 9453 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ 9454 return FAIL; 9455 } 9456 9457 /* 9458 * Delete all remaining lines 9459 */ 9460 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) 9461 { 9462 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, 9463 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), 9464 ' ', ' ', 0); 9465 return OK; 9466 } 9467 9468 /* 9469 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, 9470 * otherwise it will stay there forever. 9471 */ 9472 clear_cmdline = TRUE; 9473 9474 /* 9475 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. 9476 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from 9477 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using 9478 * win_line(). 9479 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing 9480 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region may cause a 9481 * scroll-up . 9482 */ 9483 if (scroll_region 9484 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9485 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns 9486 #endif 9487 ) 9488 { 9489 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9490 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9491 #endif 9492 scroll_region_set(wp, row); 9493 if (del) 9494 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9495 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); 9496 else 9497 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, 9498 wp->w_height - row, wp); 9499 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9500 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) 9501 #endif 9502 scroll_region_reset(); 9503 return retval; 9504 } 9505 9506 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9507 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ 9508 return FAIL; 9509 #endif 9510 9511 return MAYBE; 9512 } 9513 9514 /* 9515 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw 9516 */ 9517 static void 9518 win_rest_invalid(win_T *wp) 9519 { 9520 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9521 while (wp != NULL) 9522 #else 9523 if (wp != NULL) 9524 #endif 9525 { 9526 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); 9527 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9528 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; 9529 wp = wp->w_next; 9530 #endif 9531 } 9532 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; 9533 } 9534 9535 /* 9536 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The 9537 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding 9538 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor 9539 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. 9540 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually 9541 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate 9542 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. 9543 */ 9544 9545 /* 9546 * types for inserting or deleting lines 9547 */ 9548 #define USE_T_CAL 1 9549 #define USE_T_CDL 2 9550 #define USE_T_AL 3 9551 #define USE_T_CE 4 9552 #define USE_T_DL 5 9553 #define USE_T_SR 6 9554 #define USE_NL 7 9555 #define USE_T_CD 8 9556 #define USE_REDRAW 9 9557 9558 /* 9559 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] 9560 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9561 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. 9562 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. 9563 * 9564 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. 9565 */ 9566 int 9567 screen_ins_lines( 9568 int off, 9569 int row, 9570 int line_count, 9571 int end, 9572 win_T *wp) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9573 { 9574 int i; 9575 int j; 9576 unsigned temp; 9577 int cursor_row; 9578 int type; 9579 int result_empty; 9580 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); 9581 9582 /* 9583 * FAIL if 9584 * - there is no valid screen 9585 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9586 * - the line count is less than one 9587 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9588 */ 9589 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) 9590 return FAIL; 9591 9592 /* 9593 * There are seven ways to insert lines: 9594 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9595 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9596 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of 9597 * the insert is just empty lines 9598 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not 9599 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts 9600 * at once. 9601 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the 9602 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > 9603 * 1. 9604 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. 9605 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9606 * just empty lines. 9607 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is 9608 * just empty lines. 9609 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and 9610 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. 9611 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9612 * 9613 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves 9614 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it 9615 * exists. 9616 */ 9617 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); 9618 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9619 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9620 type = USE_REDRAW; 9621 else 9622 #endif 9623 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9624 type = USE_T_CD; 9625 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) 9626 type = USE_T_CAL; 9627 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) 9628 type = USE_T_CDL; 9629 else if (*T_AL != NUL) 9630 type = USE_T_AL; 9631 else if (can_ce && result_empty) 9632 type = USE_T_CE; 9633 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) 9634 type = USE_T_DL; 9635 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) 9636 type = USE_T_SR; 9637 else 9638 return FAIL; 9639 9640 /* 9641 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take 9642 * care of t_db if necessary. 9643 */ 9644 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || 9645 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) 9646 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9647 9648 /* 9649 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many 9650 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that 9651 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. 9652 */ 9653 if (*T_DB) 9654 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); 9655 9656 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9657 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen 9658 * or not the full width of the screen. */ 9659 if (off + row > 0 9660 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9661 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9662 # endif 9663 ) 9664 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9665 else 9666 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); 9667 #endif 9668 9669 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9670 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9671 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9672 gui_dont_update_cursor(row + off <= gui.cursor_row); 9673 #endif 9674 9675 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9676 cursor_row = row; 9677 else 9678 cursor_row = row + off; 9679 9680 /* 9681 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. 9682 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9683 */ 9684 row += off; 9685 end += off; 9686 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9687 { 9688 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9689 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9690 { 9691 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9692 j = end - 1 - i; 9693 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9694 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); 9695 j += line_count; 9696 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9697 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9698 else 9699 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9700 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9701 } 9702 else 9703 #endif 9704 { 9705 j = end - 1 - i; 9706 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9707 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) 9708 { 9709 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9710 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9711 } 9712 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; 9713 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; 9714 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9715 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9716 else 9717 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9718 } 9719 } 9720 9721 screen_stop_highlight(); 9722 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9723 9724 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9725 /* redraw the characters */ 9726 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9727 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9728 else 9729 #endif 9730 if (type == USE_T_CAL) 9731 { 9732 term_append_lines(line_count); 9733 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9734 } 9735 else 9736 { 9737 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) 9738 { 9739 if (type == USE_T_AL) 9740 { 9741 if (i && cursor_row != 0) 9742 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9743 out_str(T_AL); 9744 } 9745 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ 9746 out_str(T_SR); 9747 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9748 } 9749 } 9750 9751 /* 9752 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that 9753 * have been scrolled down into the region. 9754 */ 9755 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) 9756 { 9757 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9758 { 9759 windgoto(off + i, 0); 9760 out_str(T_CE); 9761 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9762 } 9763 } 9764 9765 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9766 gui_can_update_cursor(); 9767 if (gui.in_use) 9768 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 9769 #endif 9770 return OK; 9771 } 9772 9773 /* 9774 * Delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[]. 9775 * "end" is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. 9776 * When scrolling region used "off" is the offset from the top for the region. 9777 * "row" and "end" are relative to the start of the region. 9778 * 9779 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. 9780 */ 9781 int 9782 screen_del_lines( 9783 int off, 9784 int row, 9785 int line_count, 9786 int end, 9787 int force, /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ 9788 win_T *wp UNUSED) /* NULL or window to use width from */ 9789 { 9790 int j; 9791 int i; 9792 unsigned temp; 9793 int cursor_row; 9794 int cursor_end; 9795 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ 9796 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ 9797 int type; 9798 9799 /* 9800 * FAIL if 9801 * - there is no valid screen 9802 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely 9803 * - the line count is less than one 9804 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' 9805 */ 9806 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || 9807 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) 9808 return FAIL; 9809 9810 /* 9811 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. 9812 */ 9813 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; 9814 9815 /* 9816 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option 9817 * available. 9818 */ 9819 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); 9820 9821 /* 9822 * There are six ways to delete lines: 9823 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the 9824 * characters from ScreenLines[]. 9825 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. 9826 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. 9827 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or 9828 * none of the other ways work. 9829 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. 9830 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. 9831 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. 9832 */ 9833 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9834 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) 9835 type = USE_REDRAW; 9836 else 9837 #endif 9838 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) 9839 type = USE_T_CD; 9840 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) 9841 /* 9842 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in 9843 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != 9844 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* 9845 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do 9846 * the trick... 9847 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. 9848 * (Olaf Seibert) 9849 */ 9850 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option 9851 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) 9852 #else 9853 else if (row == 0 && ( 9854 #ifndef AMIGA 9855 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll 9856 * up, so use delete-line command */ 9857 line_count == 1 || 9858 #endif 9859 *T_CDL == NUL)) 9860 #endif 9861 type = USE_NL; 9862 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) 9863 type = USE_T_CDL; 9864 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty 9865 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9866 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) 9867 #endif 9868 ) 9869 type = USE_T_CE; 9870 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) 9871 type = USE_T_DL; 9872 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) 9873 type = USE_T_CDL; 9874 else 9875 return FAIL; 9876 9877 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD 9878 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or 9879 * not the full width of the screen. */ 9880 if (off + row > 0 9881 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9882 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9883 # endif 9884 ) 9885 clip_clear_selection(&clip_star); 9886 else 9887 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); 9888 #endif 9889 9890 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 9891 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the 9892 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ 9893 gui_dont_update_cursor(gui.cursor_row >= row + off 9894 && gui.cursor_row < end + off); 9895 #endif 9896 9897 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ 9898 { 9899 cursor_row = row; 9900 cursor_end = end; 9901 } 9902 else 9903 { 9904 cursor_row = row + off; 9905 cursor_end = end + off; 9906 } 9907 9908 /* 9909 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. 9910 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. 9911 */ 9912 row += off; 9913 end += off; 9914 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) 9915 { 9916 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9917 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) 9918 { 9919 /* need to copy part of a line */ 9920 j = row + i; 9921 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9922 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); 9923 j -= line_count; 9924 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9925 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9926 else 9927 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); 9928 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; 9929 } 9930 else 9931 #endif 9932 { 9933 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ 9934 j = row + i; 9935 temp = LineOffset[j]; 9936 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) 9937 { 9938 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; 9939 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; 9940 } 9941 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; 9942 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; 9943 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) 9944 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); 9945 else 9946 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); 9947 } 9948 } 9949 9950 screen_stop_highlight(); 9951 9952 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9953 /* redraw the characters */ 9954 if (type == USE_REDRAW) 9955 redraw_block(row, end, wp); 9956 else 9957 #endif 9958 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ 9959 { 9960 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9961 out_str(T_CD); 9962 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9963 } 9964 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) 9965 { 9966 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9967 term_delete_lines(line_count); 9968 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9969 } 9970 /* 9971 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll 9972 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the 9973 * last line. 9974 */ 9975 else if (type == USE_NL) 9976 { 9977 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); 9978 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9979 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ 9980 } 9981 else 9982 { 9983 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) 9984 { 9985 if (type == USE_T_DL) 9986 { 9987 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); 9988 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ 9989 } 9990 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ 9991 { 9992 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); 9993 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 9994 } 9995 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 9996 } 9997 } 9998 9999 /* 10000 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been 10001 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. 10002 */ 10003 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) 10004 { 10005 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) 10006 { 10007 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); 10008 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ 10009 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ 10010 } 10011 } 10012 10013 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10014 gui_can_update_cursor(); 10015 if (gui.in_use) 10016 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ 10017 #endif 10018 10019 return OK; 10020 } 10021 10022 /* 10023 * show the current mode and ruler 10024 * 10025 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. 10026 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be 10027 * cleared only if a mode is shown. 10028 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). 10029 */ 10030 int 10031 showmode(void) 10032 { 10033 int need_clear; 10034 int length = 0; 10035 int do_mode; 10036 int attr; 10037 int nwr_save; 10038 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10039 int sub_attr; 10040 #endif 10041 10042 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 10043 && ((State & INSERT) 10044 || restart_edit 10045 || VIsual_active)); 10046 if (do_mode || Recording) 10047 { 10048 /* 10049 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10050 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because 10051 * it takes a bit of time. 10052 */ 10053 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) 10054 { 10055 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ 10056 return 0; 10057 } 10058 10059 nwr_save = need_wait_return; 10060 10061 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ 10062 check_for_delay(FALSE); 10063 10064 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ 10065 need_clear = clear_cmdline; 10066 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) 10067 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ 10068 10069 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ 10070 msg_pos_mode(); 10071 cursor_off(); 10072 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ 10073 if (do_mode) 10074 { 10075 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); 10076 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) 10077 if ( 10078 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK 10079 preedit_get_status() 10080 # else 10081 im_get_status() 10082 # endif 10083 ) 10084 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ 10085 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); 10086 # else 10087 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); 10088 # endif 10089 #endif 10090 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) 10091 if (gui.in_use) 10092 { 10093 if (hangul_input_state_get()) 10094 { 10095 /* HANGUL */ 10096 if (enc_utf8) 10097 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \355\225\234\352\270\200", attr); 10098 else 10099 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); 10100 } 10101 } 10102 #endif 10103 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10104 /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ 10105 if (edit_submode != NULL && !shortmess(SHM_COMPLETIONMENU)) 10106 { 10107 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow 10108 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ 10109 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; 10110 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10111 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); 10112 if (length > 0) 10113 { 10114 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10115 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); 10116 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) 10117 { 10118 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) 10119 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); 10120 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); 10121 } 10122 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 10123 { 10124 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ 10125 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) 10126 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); 10127 else 10128 sub_attr = attr; 10129 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); 10130 } 10131 } 10132 length = 0; 10133 } 10134 else 10135 #endif 10136 { 10137 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 10138 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 10139 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); 10140 else 10141 #endif 10142 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 10143 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); 10144 else if (State & INSERT) 10145 { 10146 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10147 if (p_ri) 10148 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); 10149 #endif 10150 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); 10151 } 10152 else if (restart_edit == 'I') 10153 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); 10154 else if (restart_edit == 'R') 10155 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); 10156 else if (restart_edit == 'V') 10157 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); 10158 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 10159 if (p_hkmap) 10160 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); 10161 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 10162 if (p_fkmap) 10163 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); 10164 # endif 10165 #endif 10166 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP 10167 if (State & LANGMAP) 10168 { 10169 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC 10170 if (curwin->w_p_arab) 10171 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); 10172 else 10173 # endif 10174 if (get_keymap_str(curwin, (char_u *)" (%s)", 10175 NameBuff, MAXPATHL)) 10176 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(NameBuff, attr); 10177 } 10178 #endif 10179 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) 10180 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); 10181 10182 if (VIsual_active) 10183 { 10184 char *p; 10185 10186 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation 10187 * problems. */ 10188 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) 10189 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 10190 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) 10191 { 10192 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; 10193 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; 10194 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; 10195 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; 10196 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; 10197 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; 10198 } 10199 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); 10200 } 10201 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); 10202 } 10203 10204 need_clear = TRUE; 10205 } 10206 if (Recording 10207 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10208 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ 10209 #endif 10210 ) 10211 { 10212 recording_mode(attr); 10213 need_clear = TRUE; 10214 } 10215 10216 mode_displayed = TRUE; 10217 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) 10218 msg_clr_eos(); 10219 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ 10220 length = msg_col; 10221 msg_col = 0; 10222 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ 10223 } 10224 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) 10225 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ 10226 msg_clr_cmdline(); 10227 10228 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10229 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ 10230 if (VIsual_active) 10231 clear_showcmd(); 10232 10233 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode 10234 * message and must be redrawn */ 10235 if (redrawing() 10236 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10237 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 10238 # endif 10239 ) 10240 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); 10241 #endif 10242 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; 10243 clear_cmdline = FALSE; 10244 10245 return length; 10246 } 10247 10248 /* 10249 * Position for a mode message. 10250 */ 10251 static void 10252 msg_pos_mode(void) 10253 { 10254 msg_col = 0; 10255 msg_row = Rows - 1; 10256 } 10257 10258 /* 10259 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end 10260 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). 10261 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". 10262 */ 10263 void 10264 unshowmode(int force) 10265 { 10266 /* 10267 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. 10268 */ 10269 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) 10270 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ 10271 else 10272 clearmode(); 10273 } 10274 10275 /* 10276 * Clear the mode message. 10277 */ 10278 void 10279 clearmode(void) 10280 { 10281 msg_pos_mode(); 10282 if (Recording) 10283 recording_mode(hl_attr(HLF_CM)); 10284 msg_clr_eos(); 10285 } 10286 10287 static void 10288 recording_mode(int attr) 10289 { 10290 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); 10291 if (!shortmess(SHM_RECORDING)) 10292 { 10293 char_u s[4]; 10294 sprintf((char *)s, " @%c", Recording); 10295 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(s, attr); 10296 } 10297 } 10298 10299 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10300 /* 10301 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. 10302 */ 10303 static void 10304 draw_tabline(void) 10305 { 10306 int tabcount = 0; 10307 tabpage_T *tp; 10308 int tabwidth; 10309 int col = 0; 10310 int scol = 0; 10311 int attr; 10312 win_T *wp; 10313 win_T *cwp; 10314 int wincount; 10315 int modified; 10316 int c; 10317 int len; 10318 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); 10319 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); 10320 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); 10321 char_u *p; 10322 int room; 10323 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 10324 #ifdef FEAT_GUI 10325 && !gui.in_use 10326 #endif 10327 #ifdef FEAT_TERMGUICOLORS 10328 && !p_tgc 10329 #endif 10330 ); 10331 10332 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10333 10334 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 10335 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ 10336 if (gui_use_tabline()) 10337 { 10338 gui_update_tabline(); 10339 return; 10340 } 10341 #endif 10342 10343 if (tabline_height() < 1) 10344 return; 10345 10346 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10347 10348 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ 10349 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) 10350 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; 10351 10352 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ 10353 if (*p_tal != NUL) 10354 { 10355 int saved_did_emsg = did_emsg; 10356 10357 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the 10358 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ 10359 did_emsg = FALSE; 10360 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); 10361 if (did_emsg) 10362 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, 10363 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10364 did_emsg |= saved_did_emsg; 10365 } 10366 else 10367 #endif 10368 { 10369 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) 10370 ++tabcount; 10371 10372 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; 10373 if (tabwidth < 6) 10374 tabwidth = 6; 10375 10376 attr = attr_nosel; 10377 tabcount = 0; 10378 scol = 0; 10379 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; 10380 tp = tp->tp_next) 10381 { 10382 scol = col; 10383 10384 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) 10385 attr = attr_sel; 10386 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) 10387 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); 10388 10389 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) 10390 attr = attr_nosel; 10391 10392 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10393 10394 if (tp == curtab) 10395 { 10396 cwp = curwin; 10397 wp = firstwin; 10398 } 10399 else 10400 { 10401 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; 10402 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; 10403 } 10404 10405 modified = FALSE; 10406 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) 10407 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) 10408 modified = TRUE; 10409 if (modified || wincount > 1) 10410 { 10411 if (wincount > 1) 10412 { 10413 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); 10414 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); 10415 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) 10416 break; 10417 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, 10418 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) 10419 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) 10420 #else 10421 attr 10422 #endif 10423 ); 10424 col += len; 10425 } 10426 if (modified) 10427 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); 10428 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10429 } 10430 10431 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; 10432 if (room > 0) 10433 { 10434 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ 10435 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); 10436 shorten_dir(NameBuff); 10437 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); 10438 p = NameBuff; 10439 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10440 if (has_mbyte) 10441 while (len > room) 10442 { 10443 len -= ptr2cells(p); 10444 mb_ptr_adv(p); 10445 } 10446 else 10447 #endif 10448 if (len > room) 10449 { 10450 p += len - room; 10451 len = room; 10452 } 10453 if (len > Columns - col - 1) 10454 len = Columns - col - 1; 10455 10456 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); 10457 col += len; 10458 } 10459 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); 10460 10461 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that 10462 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ 10463 ++tabcount; 10464 while (scol < col) 10465 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; 10466 } 10467 10468 if (use_sep_chars) 10469 c = '_'; 10470 else 10471 c = ' '; 10472 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); 10473 10474 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ 10475 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 10476 { 10477 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); 10478 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; 10479 } 10480 } 10481 10482 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be 10483 * set. */ 10484 redraw_tabline = FALSE; 10485 } 10486 10487 /* 10488 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. 10489 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. 10490 */ 10491 void 10492 get_trans_bufname(buf_T *buf) 10493 { 10494 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) 10495 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf), MAXPATHL - 1); 10496 else 10497 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); 10498 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); 10499 } 10500 #endif 10501 10502 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) 10503 /* 10504 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". 10505 */ 10506 static int 10507 fillchar_status(int *attr, int is_curwin) 10508 { 10509 int fill; 10510 if (is_curwin) 10511 { 10512 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); 10513 fill = fill_stl; 10514 } 10515 else 10516 { 10517 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); 10518 fill = fill_stlnc; 10519 } 10520 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current 10521 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the 10522 * current window */ 10523 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) 10524 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) 10525 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) 10526 return fill; 10527 if (is_curwin) 10528 return '^'; 10529 return '='; 10530 } 10531 #endif 10532 10533 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10534 /* 10535 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. 10536 * Get its attributes in "*attr". 10537 */ 10538 static int 10539 fillchar_vsep(int *attr) 10540 { 10541 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); 10542 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') 10543 return '|'; 10544 else 10545 return fill_vert; 10546 } 10547 #endif 10548 10549 /* 10550 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. 10551 */ 10552 int 10553 redrawing(void) 10554 { 10555 return (!RedrawingDisabled 10556 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); 10557 } 10558 10559 /* 10560 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. 10561 */ 10562 int 10563 messaging(void) 10564 { 10565 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); 10566 } 10567 10568 /* 10569 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places 10570 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. 10571 */ 10572 void 10573 showruler(int always) 10574 { 10575 if (!always && !redrawing()) 10576 return; 10577 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10578 if (pum_visible()) 10579 { 10580 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10581 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ 10582 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 10583 # endif 10584 return; 10585 } 10586 #endif 10587 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 10588 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) 10589 { 10590 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); 10591 } 10592 else 10593 #endif 10594 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10595 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); 10596 #endif 10597 10598 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE 10599 if (need_maketitle 10600 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10601 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) 10602 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) 10603 # endif 10604 ) 10605 maketitle(); 10606 #endif 10607 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10608 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ 10609 if (redraw_tabline) 10610 draw_tabline(); 10611 #endif 10612 } 10613 10614 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 10615 static void 10616 win_redr_ruler(win_T *wp, int always) 10617 { 10618 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 10619 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; 10620 int row; 10621 int fillchar; 10622 int attr; 10623 int empty_line = FALSE; 10624 colnr_T virtcol; 10625 int i; 10626 size_t len; 10627 int o; 10628 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10629 int this_ru_col; 10630 int off = 0; 10631 int width = Columns; 10632 # define WITH_OFF(x) x 10633 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x 10634 #else 10635 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 10636 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns 10637 # define this_ru_col ru_col 10638 #endif 10639 10640 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ 10641 if (!p_ru) 10642 return; 10643 10644 /* 10645 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called 10646 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. 10647 */ 10648 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) 10649 return; 10650 10651 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 10652 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite 10653 * the (long) mode message. */ 10654 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10655 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) 10656 # endif 10657 if (edit_submode != NULL) 10658 return; 10659 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ 10660 if (pum_visible()) 10661 return; 10662 #endif 10663 10664 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT 10665 if (*p_ruf) 10666 { 10667 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; 10668 10669 called_emsg = FALSE; 10670 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); 10671 if (called_emsg) 10672 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, 10673 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); 10674 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; 10675 return; 10676 } 10677 #endif 10678 10679 /* 10680 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). 10681 */ 10682 if (!(State & INSERT) 10683 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) 10684 empty_line = TRUE; 10685 10686 /* 10687 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. 10688 */ 10689 validate_virtcol_win(wp); 10690 if ( redraw_cmdline 10691 || always 10692 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum 10693 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col 10694 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol 10695 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 10696 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd 10697 #endif 10698 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline 10699 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count 10700 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10701 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill 10702 #endif 10703 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) 10704 { 10705 cursor_off(); 10706 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10707 if (wp->w_status_height) 10708 { 10709 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; 10710 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); 10711 off = W_WINCOL(wp); 10712 width = W_WIDTH(wp); 10713 } 10714 else 10715 #endif 10716 { 10717 row = Rows - 1; 10718 fillchar = ' '; 10719 attr = 0; 10720 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10721 width = Columns; 10722 off = 0; 10723 #endif 10724 } 10725 10726 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ 10727 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10728 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) 10729 { 10730 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; 10731 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); 10732 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; 10733 } 10734 10735 /* 10736 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. 10737 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. 10738 */ 10739 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", 10740 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) 10741 ? 0L 10742 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); 10743 len = STRLEN(buffer); 10744 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, 10745 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, 10746 (int)virtcol + 1); 10747 10748 /* 10749 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. 10750 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the 10751 * screen up on some terminals). 10752 */ 10753 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); 10754 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); 10755 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); 10756 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10757 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ 10758 #endif 10759 ++o; 10760 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 10761 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); 10762 if (this_ru_col < 0) 10763 this_ru_col = 0; 10764 #endif 10765 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other 10766 * half for the filename. */ 10767 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) 10768 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; 10769 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10770 { 10771 /* need at least 3 chars left for get_rel_pos() + NUL */ 10772 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width) && RULER_BUF_LEN > i + 4) 10773 { 10774 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10775 if (has_mbyte) 10776 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); 10777 else 10778 #endif 10779 buffer[i++] = fillchar; 10780 ++o; 10781 } 10782 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); 10783 } 10784 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ 10785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 10786 if (has_mbyte) 10787 { 10788 o = 0; 10789 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) 10790 { 10791 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); 10792 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10793 { 10794 buffer[i] = NUL; 10795 break; 10796 } 10797 } 10798 } 10799 else 10800 #endif 10801 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) 10802 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; 10803 10804 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); 10805 i = redraw_cmdline; 10806 screen_fill(row, row + 1, 10807 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), 10808 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), 10809 fillchar, fillchar, attr); 10810 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ 10811 redraw_cmdline = i; 10812 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; 10813 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; 10814 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; 10815 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; 10816 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10817 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF 10818 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; 10819 #endif 10820 } 10821 } 10822 #endif 10823 10824 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) 10825 /* 10826 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. 10827 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. 10828 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. 10829 */ 10830 int 10831 number_width(win_T *wp) 10832 { 10833 int n; 10834 linenr_T lnum; 10835 10836 if (wp->w_p_rnu && !wp->w_p_nu) 10837 /* cursor line shows "0" */ 10838 lnum = wp->w_height; 10839 else 10840 /* cursor line shows absolute line number */ 10841 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; 10842 10843 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count && wp->w_nuw_cached == wp->w_p_nuw) 10844 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; 10845 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; 10846 10847 n = 0; 10848 do 10849 { 10850 lnum /= 10; 10851 ++n; 10852 } while (lnum > 0); 10853 10854 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ 10855 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) 10856 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; 10857 10858 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; 10859 wp->w_nuw_cached = wp->w_p_nuw; 10860 return n; 10861 } 10862 #endif 10863 10864 /* 10865 * Return the current cursor column. This is the actual position on the 10866 * screen. First column is 0. 10867 */ 10868 int 10869 screen_screencol(void) 10870 { 10871 return screen_cur_col; 10872 } 10873 10874 /* 10875 * Return the current cursor row. This is the actual position on the screen. 10876 * First row is 0. 10877 */ 10878 int 10879 screen_screenrow(void) 10880 { 10881 return screen_cur_row; 10882 } 10883